JP7005457B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents

Pachinko machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP7005457B2
JP7005457B2 JP2018166824A JP2018166824A JP7005457B2 JP 7005457 B2 JP7005457 B2 JP 7005457B2 JP 2018166824 A JP2018166824 A JP 2018166824A JP 2018166824 A JP2018166824 A JP 2018166824A JP 7005457 B2 JP7005457 B2 JP 7005457B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
rail
outer peripheral
game board
passage
ball
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2018166824A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2020039391A (en
Inventor
孝司 井上
Original Assignee
株式会社藤商事
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社藤商事 filed Critical 株式会社藤商事
Priority to JP2018166824A priority Critical patent/JP7005457B2/en
Publication of JP2020039391A publication Critical patent/JP2020039391A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP7005457B2 publication Critical patent/JP7005457B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Pinball Game Machines (AREA)

Description

本発明は、パチンコ機、アレンジボール機等の遊技機に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine or an arrange ball machine.

パチンコ機等の遊技機では、発射手段により発射された遊技球を、外レールと内レールとの間に形成された案内通路を経て遊技領域へと打ち込んで遊技を行う。遊技領域には、略中央に配置されたセンターケースを挟んで左右両側に左打ち通路と右打ち通路とがあり、また遊技領域の右打ち通路の上側位置に、外レールの終端側に対応してゴム等の弾性体からなる緩衝部材が配置されている(特許文献1)。
この種の遊技機では、遊技状況に応じて遊技球を左打ち通路に集中させる場合と、右打ち通路に集中させる場合とがある。そして、右打ち通路に遊技球を集中させる場合には、発射手段により遊技球を強く打撃して外レールに沿って遊技領域の上部側へと打ち込んで緩衝部材に衝突させて、この緩衝部材により遊技球の衝撃力を緩和した後に、その遊技球を下側の右打ち通路へと案内する。
In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a gaming ball launched by a launching means is driven into a gaming area through a guide passage formed between an outer rail and an inner rail to play a game. In the game area, there are left-handed passages and right-handed passages on both the left and right sides of the center case located in the center, and the upper position of the right-handed passage in the game area corresponds to the terminal side of the outer rail. A cushioning member made of an elastic body such as rubber is arranged (Patent Document 1).
In this type of gaming machine, the gaming ball may be concentrated in the left-handed passage or in the right-handed passage depending on the gaming situation. Then, when the game ball is concentrated in the right-handed passage, the game ball is strongly hit by the launching means and driven into the upper side of the game area along the outer rail to collide with the cushioning member, and the cushioning member causes the game ball to collide with the cushioning member. After relaxing the impact force of the game ball, the game ball is guided to the lower right-handed passage.

特願2004-33248号公報Japanese Patent Application No. 2004-333248

緩衝部材は取り付け台を介して遊技盤の前面に装着されているが、従来は緩衝部材の遊技球の衝突面の反対側に、緩衝部材を受ける受け部があり、緩衝部材に加わる衝撃力に対して受け部で抗するようにしているため、取り付け台の受け部又は取り付け台を遊技盤に取り付ける取り付け部分の負担が非常に大きく、取り付け台又はその取り付け部分が損傷し易いという問題がある。
本発明は、このような問題点に鑑み、緩衝部材に加わる遊技球の衝撃の一部を外レールを介して分担することができる遊技機を提供することを目的とする。
The cushioning member is mounted on the front surface of the game board via a mounting base, but conventionally, there is a receiving portion for receiving the cushioning member on the opposite side of the collision surface of the game ball of the cushioning member, and the impact force applied to the cushioning member is applied. On the other hand, since the receiving portion is used to resist, there is a problem that the receiving portion of the mounting base or the mounting portion for attaching the mounting base to the game board is very burdensome, and the mounting base or the mounting portion thereof is easily damaged.
In view of such problems, it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of sharing a part of the impact of a gaming ball applied to a cushioning member via an outer rail.

本発明は、遊技盤の遊技領域の外周に配置された外周部材と、該外周部材の内周に円弧状に配置され且つ発射手段からの遊技球を前記遊技領域へと案内する外レールと、前記外レールの終端側内周に当接して配置され且つ遊技球の衝突時の衝撃を緩和する緩衝部材とを備えた遊技機において、前記緩衝部材は、遊技球の衝突時に球衝突方向の下手側への力と、前記外レール側への力とを発生させる球衝突部を備えることで、遊技球の衝突時の衝撃力を前記外レールに伝えるように構成し、前記緩衝部材を取り付ける取り付け台は、前記緩衝部材を球衝突方向の下手側から受ける受け部と、前記緩衝部材に挿通して該緩衝部材を保持する保持突起とを備え、前記保持突起の中心位置は、前記外レールから遊技球の半径分離れた位置と前記外レールから遊技球の直径分離れた位置との間で且つ前記直径分離れた位置に近い位置に配置され、前記球衝突部は前記外レールの近傍位置と前記外レールから遊技球の直径分よりも離れた位置とに跨がって設けられているものである。 The present invention includes an outer peripheral member arranged on the outer periphery of the game area of the game board, and an outer rail arranged in an arc shape on the inner circumference of the outer peripheral member and guiding the game ball from the launching means to the game area. In a gaming machine provided with a cushioning member which is arranged in contact with the inner circumference of the outer rail on the terminal side and which cushions an impact when a game ball collides, the cushioning member is inferior in the ball collision direction when the game ball collides. By providing a ball collision portion that generates a force to the side and a force to the outer rail side, the impact force at the time of collision of the game ball is configured to be transmitted to the outer rail, and the cushioning member is attached. The mounting base includes a receiving portion that receives the cushioning member from the lower side in the ball collision direction, and a holding protrusion that is inserted through the cushioning member to hold the cushioning member, and the center position of the holding protrusion is the outer rail. The ball is arranged between the position where the radius of the game ball is separated from the outer rail and the position where the diameter of the game ball is separated from the outer rail and close to the position where the diameter is separated. It is provided so as to straddle a position in the vicinity and a position farther from the outer rail than the diameter of the game ball.

本発明によれば、緩衝部材に加わる遊技球の衝撃の一部を外レールを介して分担することができる利点がある。 According to the present invention, there is an advantage that a part of the impact of the game ball applied to the cushioning member can be shared via the outer rail.

本発明の第1の実施形態を示すパチンコ機の正面図である。It is a front view of the pachinko machine which shows the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 同パチンコ機の前枠、遊技盤側の正面図である。It is a front view of the front frame of the pachinko machine and the game board side. 同外枠と前枠との分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the same outer frame and the front frame. 同遊技盤の正面図である。It is a front view of the game board. 同パチンコ機の要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part of the pachinko machine. 同前扉の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the front door. 同前扉の金属製扉枠の正面図である。It is a front view of the metal door frame of the same front door. 同前扉の金属製扉枠の背面図である。It is a rear view of the metal door frame of the same front door. 同図7の9A-9A矢視拡大断面図である。FIG. 7 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line 9A-9A of FIG. 同図7の10A-10A矢視拡大断面図である。FIG. 7 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line 10A-10A of FIG. 同図7の11A-11A矢視拡大断面図である。11A-11A is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line of FIG. 同図7の12A-12A矢視拡大断面図である。FIG. 7 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line 12A-12A of FIG. 同図7の13A-13A矢視拡大断面図である。13A-13A is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line 13A-13A of FIG. 同図7の14A-14A矢視拡大断面図である。FIG. 7 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line 14A-14A of FIG. 同図7の15A-15A矢視拡大断面図である。FIG. 7 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line 15A-15A of FIG. 同ガラスユニット取り付け部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the glass unit mounting part. 同ガラスユニット下部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the lower part of the glass unit. 同ガラスユニット上部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the upper part of the glass unit. 同スピーカ取り付け部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the speaker mounting part. 同スピーカ取り付け部の正面図である。It is a front view of the speaker mounting part. 同スピーカ取り付け部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the speaker mounting part. 同第1外周部材と外レールとの分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the 1st outer peripheral member and an outer rail. 同第1外周部材の背面図である。It is a back view of the first outer peripheral member. 同内レールの背面図である。It is a rear view of the rail in the same. 同第1外周部材、外レール、内レールの断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the 1st outer peripheral member, the outer rail, and the inner rail. 同戻り球防止手段の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the same return ball prevention means. 同第1外周部材、外レール、内レールの始端側の断面図である。It is sectional drawing on the start end side of the 1st outer peripheral member, the outer rail, and the inner rail. 同内レールの端部側取り付け部の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the end side attachment part of the same inner rail. 同内レールの中間側取り付け部の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the intermediate side mounting part of the same inner rail. 同第1外周部材、外レール、内レールの取り付け状態の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the 1st outer peripheral member, the outer rail, and the inner rail attached state. 同第1外周部材、外レールの取り付け状態の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the 1st outer peripheral member and the outer rail attached state. 同大入賞手段周辺の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view around the prize-winning means of the same grand prize. 同大入賞手段周辺の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view around the prize-winning means of the same university. 同大入賞手段周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the prize-winning means of the same university. 同大入賞手段の要部の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the main part of the prize-winning means. 同アウト口周辺の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view around the out port. 同アウト口周辺の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view around the out port. 同下部レール側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the lower rail side. 同下部レール側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the lower rail side. 同アウト口周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the out port. 同外レール、緩衝部材等の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view of the outside rail, a cushioning member and the like. 同緩衝部材周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the cushioning member. 同内レールの平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the rail in the same. 同右打ち通路側の正面図である。It is a front view of the right-handed passage side. 同右打ち通路側の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the right-handed passage side. 同右打ち通路側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the right-handed passage side. 同右打ち通路側の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the right-handed passage side. 同右打ち通路側の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the right-handed passage side. 本発明の第2の実施形態を示す緩衝部材側の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view of the cushioning member side which shows the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 同緩衝部材周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the cushioning member. 本発明の第3の実施形態を示す緩衝部材側の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view of the cushioning member side which shows the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第4の実施形態を示す緩衝部材側の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view of the cushioning member side which shows the 4th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第5の実施形態を示す緩衝部材側の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view of the cushioning member side which shows the 5th Embodiment of this invention. 同緩衝部材側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the cushioning member side. 本発明の第6の実施形態を示す遊技盤装着過程の平面断面図である。It is a top sectional view of the game board mounting process which shows the 6th Embodiment of this invention. 同(a)は第1外周部材側の正面図、(b)はその要部の拡大断面図である。The same (a) is a front view of the first outer peripheral member side, and (b) is an enlarged sectional view of the main part thereof. 同要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part. 同遊技盤装着過程の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the game board mounting process. 本発明の第7の実施形態を示し、(a)は第1外周部材の一部破断正面図、(b)はその要部の拡大断面図である。A seventh embodiment of the present invention is shown, where (a) is a partially broken front view of the first outer peripheral member, and (b) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of a main part thereof. 同要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part. 同要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part. 本発明の第8の実施形態を示す要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part which shows the 8th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第9の実施形態を示す要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part which shows the 9th Embodiment of this invention. 同遊技盤装着過程の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the game board mounting process. 本発明の第10の実施形態を示す要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part which shows the tenth embodiment of this invention. 同遊技盤装着過程の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the game board mounting process. 本発明の第11の実施形態を示す要部の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the main part which shows the eleventh embodiment of this invention. 同遊技盤装着過程の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the game board mounting process. 本発明の第12の実施形態を示す内レールの背面図である。It is a rear view of the inner rail which shows the twelfth embodiment of this invention. 同内レールの取り付け状態の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the attached state of the rail in the same. 同内レールの取り付け状態の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the attached state of the rail in the same. 同内レールの取り付け状態の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the attached state of the rail in the same. 本発明の第13の実施形態を示す内レールの背面図である。It is a rear view of the inner rail which shows the thirteenth embodiment of this invention. 同内レールの取り付け状態の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the attached state of the rail in the same. 同内レールの取り付け状態の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the attached state of the rail in the same. 同内レールの斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the rail in the same. 本発明の第14の実施形態を示すアウト口周辺の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view around the out opening which shows the 14th Embodiment of this invention. 同アウト口周辺の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view around the out port. 同アウト口周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the out port. 本発明の第15の実施形態を示すアウト口周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the out opening which shows the fifteenth embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第16の実施形態を示す第1傾斜通路の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view of the 1st inclined passage which shows the 16th Embodiment of this invention. 同第1傾斜通路の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the 1st inclined passage. 同第1傾斜通路の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the 1st inclined passage. 本発明の第17の実施形態を示す大入賞手段側の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the big prize means side which shows the 17th Embodiment of this invention. 同大入賞手段側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view on the side of the prize-winning means of the same university. 本発明の第18の実施形態を示す前扉の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the front door which shows the 18th Embodiment of this invention. 同金属製扉枠の背面図である。It is a rear view of the door frame made of the same metal. 同前扉の上部側の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the upper side of the front door. 同前扉の上部側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the upper side of the front door. 同前扉の中間部側の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the middle part side of the front door. 同前扉の下部側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the lower side of the front door. 同ガラスユニット側の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the glass unit side. 本発明の第19の実施形態を示すスピーカ取り付け部の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the speaker attachment part which shows the 19th Embodiment of this invention. 同スピーカ等のアース構造の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the earth structure of the speaker and the like. 本発明の第20の実施形態を示す第1外周部材、外レールの分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the 1st outer peripheral member, the outer rail which shows the 20th Embodiment of this invention. 同第1外周部材、外レールの平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the 1st outer peripheral member and the outer rail. 同第1外周部材、外レールの側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the first outer peripheral member and the outer rail. 本発明の第21の実施形態を示す右打ち通路側の正面図である。It is a front view of the right-handed passage side which shows the 21st Embodiment of this invention. 同要部の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the main part. 本発明の第22の実施形態を示す右打ち通路側の正面図である。It is a front view of the right-handed passage side which shows the 22nd Embodiment of this invention. 同要部の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the main part. 本発明の第23の実施形態を示す右打ち通路側の正面図である。It is a front view of the right-handed passage side which shows the 23rd Embodiment of this invention. 同要部の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the main part. 本発明の第24の実施形態を示す右打ち通路側の正面図である。It is a front view of the right-handed passage side which shows the 24th Embodiment of this invention. 同要部の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the main part. 同要部の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the main part. 本発明の第25の実施形態を示す右打ち通路側の正面図である。It is a front view of the right-handed passage side which shows the 25th Embodiment of this invention. 同要部の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the main part. 同要部の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view of the main part. 本発明の第26の実施形態を示す金属製扉枠の正面図である。It is a front view of the metal door frame which shows the 26th Embodiment of this invention. 同要部の平面断面図である。It is a plan sectional view of the main part. 本発明の第27の実施形態を示す緩衝部材側の正面断面図である。It is a front sectional view of the cushioning member side which shows the 27th Embodiment of this invention. 同緩衝部材周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the cushioning member. 本発明の第28の実施形態を示す緩衝部材周辺の側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view around the cushioning member which shows the 28th Embodiment of this invention.

以下、本発明の実施形態を図面に基づいて詳述する。図1~図48は本発明をパチンコ機1に採用した第1の実施形態を例示している。パチンコ機1は、図1、図2に示すように、遊技島に固定される矩形状の外枠2と、この外枠2の前側に配置される前枠3とを備え、その前枠3の前側に前扉4が開閉自在に配置されている。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. 1 to 48 illustrate the first embodiment in which the present invention is adopted in the pachinko machine 1. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the pachinko machine 1 includes a rectangular outer frame 2 fixed to a game island and a front frame 3 arranged on the front side of the outer frame 2, and the front frame 3 thereof. The front door 4 is arranged to be openable and closable on the front side of the.

前枠3は第1ヒンジ5を介して外枠2に開閉及び着脱自在に枢着され、前扉4は第2ヒンジ6を介して前枠3に開閉及び着脱自在に枢着されており、これら前枠3及び前扉4はヒンジ5,6と反対側の施錠手段7によって外枠2、前枠3に対して閉状態で施錠可能となっている。なお、外枠2と前枠3とにより遊技機本体が構成されている。 The front frame 3 is pivotally attached to the outer frame 2 via the first hinge 5 and is detachably pivotally attached to the front frame 3, and the front door 4 is pivotally attached to the front frame 3 via the second hinge 6. The front frame 3 and the front door 4 can be locked to the outer frame 2 and the front frame 3 in a closed state by the locking means 7 on the opposite side of the hinges 5 and 6. The gaming machine main body is composed of the outer frame 2 and the front frame 3.

外枠2は、図3に示すように、左右両側に上下方向に配置された左縦枠材(ヒンジ側縦枠材)12及び右縦枠材(反ヒンジ側縦枠材)13と、この左縦枠材12及び右縦枠材13の上下両端を左右に連結する上横枠材10及び下横枠材11と、下横枠材11の前側に前向きに配置され且つ左縦枠材12及び右縦枠材13を連結する飾り部材14とにより矩形状に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the outer frame 2 includes a left vertical frame material (hinge side vertical frame material) 12 and a right vertical frame material (anti-hinge side vertical frame material) 13 arranged in the vertical direction on both the left and right sides. The upper horizontal frame material 10 and the lower horizontal frame material 11 that connect the upper and lower ends of the left vertical frame material 12 and the right vertical frame material 13 to the left and right, and the left vertical frame material 12 that is arranged forward on the front side of the lower horizontal frame material 11. It is formed in a rectangular shape by the decorative member 14 connecting the right vertical frame member 13 and the right vertical frame member 13.

前枠3は、図2、図3に示すように、外枠2に対応する矩形枠状であり、その上部側に遊技盤装着部15が、下部側に下部装着部16が夫々設けられている。前枠3には、図5に示すように、上下の第2ヒンジ6間の端縁に横断面コ字状の補強部材25が上下方向に設けられている。遊技盤装着部15には、図2、図3に示すように、遊技盤17が前側から着脱自在に装着され、また下部装着部16には発射手段18と下部スピーカ19とが左右に配置されている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the front frame 3 has a rectangular frame shape corresponding to the outer frame 2, and a game board mounting portion 15 is provided on the upper side thereof and a lower mounting portion 16 is provided on the lower side thereof. There is. As shown in FIG. 5, the front frame 3 is provided with a reinforcing member 25 having a U-shaped cross section in the vertical direction at the end edge between the upper and lower second hinges 6. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the game board 17 is detachably mounted on the game board mounting portion 15 from the front side, and the launching means 18 and the lower speaker 19 are arranged on the left and right sides of the lower mounting portion 16. ing.

遊技盤装着部15は、図2、図3、図5に示すように、左右両側に上下方向に配置された左枠部(ヒンジ側枠部)20及び右枠部(反ヒンジ側枠部)21と、この左枠部20及び右枠部21の上部側を左右に連結する上枠部22と、左枠部20及び右枠部21の下部側を連結し且つ遊技盤17を受ける下枠部23と、各枠部20~23に一体に形成され且つ遊技盤17が前側から当接する後壁部24とを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 2, 3, and 5, the game board mounting portion 15 has a left frame portion (hinge side frame portion) 20 and a right frame portion (anti-hinge side frame portion) arranged vertically on both the left and right sides. 21, an upper frame portion 22 that connects the upper side of the left frame portion 20 and the right frame portion 21 to the left and right, and a lower frame that connects the lower side of the left frame portion 20 and the right frame portion 21 and receives the game board 17. A rear wall portion 24 that is integrally formed with each frame portion 20 to 23 and that the game board 17 abuts from the front side is provided with the portion 23.

左枠部20の内側には、図5に示すように、後壁部24との間に遊技盤17のヒンジ側端部17aを挿入可能に所定の間隔をおいて上下一対の係合部26が設けられている。また左枠部20側の後壁部24には、遊技盤装着部15内の遊技盤17を後側から係合部26側へと付勢する板バネ等の付勢手段27が設けられている。遊技盤装着部15の反ヒンジ側には、図2、図3に示すように、この遊技盤装着部15内の遊技盤17を締結して固定する上下一対の固定手段28が後壁部24等に設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 5, inside the left frame portion 20, a pair of upper and lower engaging portions 26 are spaced apart from each other so that the hinge side end portion 17a of the game board 17 can be inserted between the left frame portion 20 and the rear wall portion 24. Is provided. Further, the rear wall portion 24 on the left frame portion 20 side is provided with an urging means 27 such as a leaf spring that urges the game board 17 in the game board mounting portion 15 from the rear side to the engaging portion 26 side. There is. On the anti-hinge side of the game board mounting portion 15, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, a pair of upper and lower fixing means 28 for fastening and fixing the game board 17 in the game board mounting portion 15 are provided on the rear wall portion 24. Etc. are provided.

固定手段28は、支軸(図示省略)廻りに起伏操作可能な固定レバー29を備えており、この固定レバー29を倒したときに遊技盤17の反ヒンジ側端部を遊技盤装着部15内に固定し、また固定レバー29を起こしたときに遊技盤17の反ヒンジ側端部を遊技盤装着部15から前側へと押し出すようになっている。 The fixing means 28 includes a fixing lever 29 that can be undulated around a support shaft (not shown), and when the fixing lever 29 is tilted, the anti-hinge side end portion of the game board 17 is placed in the game board mounting portion 15. And when the fixing lever 29 is raised, the anti-hinge side end portion of the game board 17 is pushed out from the game board mounting portion 15 to the front side.

遊技盤装着部15に遊技盤17を装着する際には、図5に二点鎖線で示すように、遊技盤17を遊技盤装着部15に対して斜め方向に向けて、そのヒンジ側端部17aを後壁部24と係合部26との間に挿入した後、遊技盤17の反ヒンジ側を遊技盤装着部15側へと押圧する。 When the game board 17 is mounted on the game board mounting portion 15, as shown by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 5, the game board 17 is directed diagonally with respect to the game board mounting portion 15 and its hinge side end portion thereof. After inserting the 17a between the rear wall portion 24 and the engaging portion 26, the anti-hinge side of the game board 17 is pressed toward the game board mounting portion 15.

すると遊技盤17のヒンジ側端部17aが付勢手段27により係合部26側に付勢されるので、遊技盤17が付勢手段27に抗しながら係合部26の近傍を回動中心として反時計方向(図5の17b矢示方向)へと回動するため、遊技盤17を遊技盤装着部15内へと押し込むことができる。その後、上下の固定手段28により遊技盤17の反ヒンジ側を締め付けることにより、遊技盤装着部15内の遊技盤17をガタツキなく固定することができる。 Then, the hinge side end portion 17a of the game board 17 is urged to the engaging portion 26 side by the urging means 27, so that the game board 17 rotates around the vicinity of the engaging portion 26 while resisting the urging means 27. Since it rotates in the counterclockwise direction (direction indicated by arrow 17b in FIG. 5), the game board 17 can be pushed into the game board mounting portion 15. After that, by tightening the anti-hinge side of the game board 17 by the upper and lower fixing means 28, the game board 17 in the game board mounting portion 15 can be fixed without rattling.

なお、遊技盤装着部15内の遊技盤17を取り外す場合には、上下の固定手段28による遊技盤17の固定を解除した後に、遊技盤17の反ヒンジ側を手前側に引き出す等、装着時の逆の手順で行えばよい。 When removing the game board 17 in the game board mounting portion 15, after releasing the fixing of the game board 17 by the upper and lower fixing means 28, the anti-hinge side of the game board 17 is pulled out to the front side at the time of mounting. You can do it in the reverse order of.

発射手段18は遊技球を1個ずつ遊技盤17側へと発射するためのものであり、図3に示すように、下部装着部16の左右方向の略中央に配置された発射板31と、発射板31に固定された発射レール32と、発射レール32上の遊技球を発射位置に規制するストッパ部33と、発射板31に前後方向に駆動軸34を介して枢支され且つ発射レール32上の遊技球を発射方向に打撃する打撃槌35と、駆動軸34を介して打撃槌35を駆動する駆動ソレノイド等の発射駆動手段36とを備えている。 The launching means 18 is for launching the game balls one by one toward the game board 17, and as shown in FIG. 3, the launching plate 31 arranged substantially in the center of the lower mounting portion 16 in the left-right direction. A launch rail 32 fixed to the launch plate 31, a stopper portion 33 that regulates a game ball on the launch rail 32 to a launch position, and a launch rail 32 pivotally supported by the launch plate 31 in the front-rear direction via a drive shaft 34. It includes a striking mallet 35 that strikes the above game ball in the firing direction, and a launching driving means 36 such as a drive solenoid that drives the striking mallet 35 via a drive shaft 34.

前扉4は、図1~図3に示すように、前枠3の遊技盤装着部15及び下部装着部16の前側に対応して配置されている。この前扉4は、図6に示すように、略矩形状に構成された金属製扉枠39と、この金属製扉枠39の前面に装着された装飾部材である前扉カバー40と、遊技盤17の遊技領域41を視認可能に前扉カバー40に形成された視認窓42と、視認窓42を塞ぐガラスユニット43(図8参照)とを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the front door 4 is arranged so as to correspond to the front side of the game board mounting portion 15 and the lower mounting portion 16 of the front frame 3. As shown in FIG. 6, the front door 4 includes a metal door frame 39 configured in a substantially rectangular shape, a front door cover 40 which is a decorative member mounted on the front surface of the metal door frame 39, and a game. It includes a viewing window 42 formed on the front door cover 40 so that the game area 41 of the board 17 can be visually recognized, and a glass unit 43 (see FIG. 8) that closes the viewing window 42.

金属製扉枠39は板金製であって、図7、図8に示すように、左右両側に略平行に配置された上下方向の左縦部材(ヒンジ側縦部材)44及び右縦部材(反ヒンジ側縦部材)45と、上下両側に平行に配置され且つ左縦部材44及び右縦部材45の上下両端を左右に連結する左右方向の上横部材46及び下横部材47とを備え、これら左縦部材44、右縦部材45、上横部材46及び下横部材47を上下、左右の四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRで結合して矩形状に構成されている。 The metal door frame 39 is made of sheet metal, and as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the vertical left vertical member (vertical member on the hinge side) 44 and the right vertical member (anti-vertical member) arranged substantially parallel to both the left and right sides. A hinge-side vertical member) 45 and a left-right vertical member 46 and a lower horizontal member 47 arranged in parallel on both the upper and lower sides and connecting the upper and lower ends of the left vertical member 44 and the right vertical member 45 to the left and right are provided. The left vertical member 44, the right vertical member 45, the upper horizontal member 46, and the lower horizontal member 47 are joined by the joint portions UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four corners of the top, bottom, left, and right to form a rectangular shape.

四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRには、図6~図15に示すように、対応する各部材44~47相互間に前後に重合する重合部48ul,48ur,49ll,49lrと被重合部50ul,50ur,51ll,51lrとが設けられており、その重合部48ul,48ur,49ll,49lrと被重合部50ul,50ur,51ll,51lrとがネジ(締結手段)52~55により前後方向に締結されている。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 15, the coupling portions UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four corners are polymerized with the polymerization portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll, and 49llr that polymerize back and forth between the corresponding members 44 to 47. The portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll, 51ll are provided, and the superposed portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll, 49ll and the polymerized portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll, 51ll are connected in the front-rear direction by screws (fastening means) 52 to 55. It has been concluded.

上側の左結合部(ヒンジ側結合部)UL及び右結合部(反ヒンジ側結合部)URには、図7、図8、図9、図13~図15に示すように、前後に重合する重合部48ul,48ur及び被重合部50ul,50urの他に、上横部材46と左右縦部材44,45とが左右方向及び/又は上下方向の重合面方向に当接する当接部56ul,56ur及び被当接部57ul,57urを備えている。 The upper left joint portion (hinge side joint portion) UL and the right joint portion (anti-hinge side joint portion) UR are polymerized back and forth as shown in FIGS. 7, 8, 9, and 13 to 15. In addition to the polymerized portions 48 ul, 48 ur and the polymerized portions 50 ul, 50 ur, the abutting portions 56 ul, 56 ur and the abutting portions 56 ul, 56 ur in which the upper horizontal member 46 and the left and right vertical members 44, 45 abut in the left and right direction and / or the vertical direction of the polymerization surface. It is provided with contacted portions 57ul and 57ur.

また下側の左結合部(ヒンジ側結合部)LLと右結合部(反ヒンジ側結合部)LRとの内、その一方の左結合部LLは、前後に重合する重合部49ll及び被重合部51llの他に、下横部材47と左縦部材44とが左右方向及び斜め方向の重合面方向に当接する当接部58ll及び被当接部59llを備え、その他方の右結合部LRには、前後に重合する重合部49lr及び被重合部51lrがあるが、下横部材47が右縦部材45に対して左右方向及び/又は上下方向の重合面方向に当接しない構成になっている。 Further, of the lower left coupling portion (hinge side coupling portion) LL and the right coupling portion (anti-hinge side coupling portion) LR, one of the left coupling portions LL is a polymerized portion 49 ll and a polymerized portion to be polymerized back and forth. In addition to 51 ll, the lower horizontal member 47 and the left vertical member 44 are provided with a contact portion 58 ll and a contact portion 59 ll in which the lower horizontal member 47 and the left vertical member 44 abut in the direction of the overlapping surface in the left-right direction and the diagonal direction. There are a polymerization section 49lr and a polymerization section 51llr that polymerize in the front-rear direction, but the lower horizontal member 47 does not abut on the right vertical member 45 in the left-right direction and / or the vertical direction of the polymerization surface.

上横部材46は板状であって、図7~図9に示すように、上端側に断面コ字状の補強部46aが左右方向に設けられ、また左右両端側に上下方向の広幅部46bl,46brができるように下縁側がアーチ状になっており、その広幅部46bl,46br等に上下方向に所定の間隔をおいて重合部48ul,481ur,482urと当接部56ul,56urとが設けられている。左縦部材44及び右縦部材45は断面コ字状である。 The upper horizontal member 46 has a plate shape, and as shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, a reinforcing portion 46a having a U-shaped cross section is provided on the upper end side in the left-right direction, and a wide portion 46bl in the up-down direction is provided on both left and right end sides. , 46br is arched on the lower edge side, and the overlapping portions 48ul, 481ur, 482ur and the contact portions 56ul, 56ur are provided on the wide portions 46bl, 46br, etc. Has been done. The left vertical member 44 and the right vertical member 45 have a U-shaped cross section.

上横部材46の左結合部UL側には、図7~図9に示すように、前側に屈曲する当接部56ulと、この当接部56ulから左右方向の外側に突出する重合部48ulとが広幅部46blの内端側に上下方向に所定の間隔をおいて設けられている。一方、断面コ字状の左縦部材44の左結合部UL側には、上横部材46の広幅部46blに対応する広幅状の被重合部50ulが設けられ、その被重合部50ulの内端側に被当接部57ulが設けられている。 On the UL side of the left coupling portion of the upper horizontal member 46, as shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, a contact portion 56ul that bends to the front side and a polymerization portion 48ul that protrudes outward from the contact portion 56ul in the left-right direction. Are provided on the inner end side of the wide portion 46bl at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction. On the other hand, on the left coupling portion UL side of the left vertical member 44 having a U-shaped cross section, a wide-width polymerized portion 50ul corresponding to the wide-width portion 46bl of the upper horizontal member 46 is provided, and the inner end of the polymerized portion 50ul. A contacted portion 57ul is provided on the side.

そして、この左結合部ULでは、上横部材46の当接部56ulが左縦部材44の被当接部57ulに対して重合面方向の左右方向に当接され、その当接状態で上横部材46の重合部48ulが左縦部材44の前面側の被重合部50ulに対して重合されネジ52により前後方向に締結されている。 Then, in this left coupling portion UL, the abutting portion 56ul of the upper horizontal member 46 is abutted against the abutted portion 57ul of the left vertical member 44 in the left-right direction in the direction of the polymerization surface, and the abutting portion 56ul is abutted in the abutting state. The polymerized portion 48 ul of the member 46 is polymerized with respect to the polymerized portion 50 ul on the front surface side of the left vertical member 44 and fastened in the front-rear direction by the screw 52.

上横部材46の右結合部UR側には、前側に屈曲する当接部56urと、この当接部56urから左右方向の外側に突出する第1重合部481urとが広幅部46brの内端側に上下方向に所定の間隔をおいて設けられ、補強部46aの前面側から外下側にL字状に突出する第2重合部482urが設けられている。一方、右縦部材45の右結合部UR側には、断面コ字状部分の前面に第1被重合部501urが、その内側に被当接部57urが夫々設けられると共に、上横部材46の第2重合部482urに対応して上端側から内側へとL字状に突出する第2被重合部502urが設けられている。 On the right coupling portion UR side of the upper horizontal member 46, a contact portion 56ur that bends to the front side and a first polymerization portion 481ur that protrudes outward in the left-right direction from the contact portion 56ur are on the inner end side of the wide portion 46br. Is provided with a second polymerization portion 482ur which is provided at a predetermined interval in the vertical direction and protrudes in an L shape from the front surface side to the outer lower side of the reinforcing portion 46a. On the other hand, on the right coupling portion UR side of the right vertical member 45, a first polymerized portion 501ur is provided on the front surface of the U-shaped cross section, and a contacted portion 57ur is provided inside the first polymerized portion 501ur, and the upper horizontal member 46 is provided with a contacted portion 57ur. A second polymerized portion 502ur that protrudes inward from the upper end side in an L shape is provided corresponding to the second polymerized portion 482ur.

そして、この右結合部URでは、上横部材46の当接部56urが右縦部材45の被当接部57urに重合面方向の左右方向に当接され、その当接状態で上横部材46の重合部481ur,482urが右縦部材45の前面側の被重合部501ur,502urに対して重合されネジ53により前後方向に締結されている。 Then, in this right coupling portion UR, the contact portion 56ur of the upper horizontal member 46 is brought into contact with the contacted portion 57ur of the right vertical member 45 in the left-right direction in the direction of the polymerization surface, and the upper horizontal member 46 is in contact with the upper horizontal member 46. The polymerized portions 481ur and 482ur of the above are polymerized with respect to the polymerized portions 501ur and 502ur on the front side of the right vertical member 45 and fastened in the front-rear direction by screws 53.

左縦部材44及び右縦部材45は断面コ字状である。左縦部材44の上端側には、図9~図11に示すように、内側に突出するように被重合部50ulが設けられ、その被重合部50ulの先端が被当接部57ulとなっている。右縦部材45の上端側には、前面に被重合部50urが設けられ、また内側が被当接部57urとなっている。 The left vertical member 44 and the right vertical member 45 have a U-shaped cross section. As shown in FIGS. 9 to 11, a polymerized portion 50 ul is provided on the upper end side of the left vertical member 44 so as to project inward, and the tip of the polymerized portion 50 ul becomes a contacted portion 57 ul. There is. On the upper end side of the right vertical member 45, a polymerized portion 50 ur is provided on the front surface, and the abutted portion 57 ur is provided on the inside.

下横部材47は板状であって、その左結合部LL側には、図8、図9、図11、図12に示すように、屈曲状に形成された当接部58llを介して左右方向の両側に突出する重合部49llが設けられている。当接部58llは左縦部材44の被当接部59llに内側から重合面方向の左右及び斜め方向に当接され、また当接部58llの両側の各重合部49llが左縦部材44の被重合部51llに重合されてネジ54により締結されている。 The lower horizontal member 47 has a plate shape, and on the left coupling portion LL side thereof, as shown in FIGS. 8, 9, 11 and 12, the left and right sides are interposed via a contact portion 58ll formed in a bent shape. 49 ll of polymerization portions projecting on both sides in the direction are provided. The contact portion 58ll is abutted against the contacted portion 59ll of the left vertical member 44 from the inside in the left-right and diagonal directions in the direction of the polymerization surface, and each of the polymerization portions 49ll on both sides of the contact portion 58ll is covered with the left vertical member 44. It is polymerized on the polymerization section 51 ll and fastened with screws 54.

なお、左縦部材44の下端側は傾斜部44aを介して左右幅が広がる幅広状になっており、下横部材47側の当接部58llも傾斜部44a及びその上下両側で左縦部材44に当接する形状になっている。 The lower end side of the left vertical member 44 has a wide shape in which the left-right width widens through the inclined portion 44a, and the contact portion 58ll on the lower horizontal member 47 side also has the inclined portion 44a and the left vertical member 44 on both the upper and lower sides thereof. It is shaped to come into contact with.

下横部材47の右結合部LR側には、屈曲部47aを介して左右方向の外側に突出する重合部49lrが設けられており、その屈曲部47aと右縦部材45との間に所定の間隔が設けられ、重合部49lrが右縦部材45の前面側の被重合部51lrに重合されてネジ55により締結されている。 On the right coupling portion LR side of the lower horizontal member 47, a polymerization portion 49ll that protrudes outward in the left-right direction via the bending portion 47a is provided, and a predetermined value is provided between the bending portion 47a and the right vertical member 45. A gap is provided, and the polymerized portion 49 ll is polymerized on the polymerized portion 51 llr on the front side of the right vertical member 45 and fastened by the screw 55.

前扉4の金属製扉枠39を製造するに際しては、適宜板金材を用いてプレス成型等により所定形状の左右縦部材44,45及び上下横部材46,47を作り、その左右縦部材44,45及び上下横部材46,47を上下、左右の四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRで結合して矩形状に組み立てる。 When manufacturing the metal door frame 39 of the front door 4, left and right vertical members 44, 45 and upper and lower horizontal members 46, 47 having predetermined shapes are appropriately formed by press molding or the like using a sheet metal material, and the left and right vertical members 44, The 45 and the upper and lower horizontal members 46 and 47 are joined by the joints UL, UR, LL and LR at the four corners of the upper and lower sides and left and right to assemble into a rectangular shape.

その場合、上側の左右結合部UL,UR、下側の左結合部LLは、対応する部材44~47同士の当接部56ul,56ur,58llを被当接部57ul,57ur,59llに対して左右方向に当接させた状態で、その重合部48ul,48ur,49llを被重合部50ul,50ur,51llに重合させてネジ52~54により前後方向に締結する。また下側の右結合部LRは、その下横部材47の重合部49lrを右縦部材45の被重合部51lrに重合させてネジ55により前後方向に締結する。 In that case, the upper left and right coupling portions UL, UR and the lower left coupling portion LL have contact portions 56ul, 56ur, 58ll between the corresponding members 44 to 47 with respect to the contacted portions 57ul, 57ur, 59ll. The polymerized portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll are polymerized on the polymerized portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll in a state of being in contact with each other in the left-right direction, and fastened in the front-rear direction with screws 52 to 54. Further, in the lower right coupling portion LR, the polymerized portion 49 rl of the lower horizontal member 47 is polymerized on the polymerized portion 51 rl of the right vertical member 45 and fastened in the front-rear direction by the screw 55.

また上下、左右の四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRの内、その上側の左右結合部UL,URと下側の左結合部LLとの三箇所で、対応する部材44~47同士の当接部56ul,56ur,58llを被当接部57ul,57ur,59llに対して左右方向に当接させているため、四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRにおいて、その対応する部材44~47同士の重合部48ul,48ur,49llと被重合部50ul,50ur,51llとを重合させてネジ52~54により前後方向に締結する構成を採用しているにも拘わらず、金属製扉枠39の剛性を容易に確保することができる。 Further, among the upper, lower, left and right four corner joints UL, UR, LL, and LR, the upper left and right joints UL, UR and the lower left joint LL are located at three locations, and the corresponding members 44 to 47 are connected to each other. Since the contact portions 56ul, 56ur, 58ll are brought into contact with the contacted portions 57ul, 57ur, 59ll in the left-right direction, the corresponding members 44 to the joint portions UL, UR, LL, LR at the four corners are brought into contact with each other. The metal door frame 39, despite the fact that the 47 overlapping portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll and the polymerized portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll are overlapped and fastened in the front-rear direction with screws 52 to 54. Rigidity can be easily secured.

更に上下、左右の四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRの内、その下側の右結合部LRは、左右方向の当接構造を採用せずに重合部49lrと被重合部51lrとを重合させてネジ55により前後方向に締結しているため、他の三隅の結合部UL,UR,LLの当接構造に多少の製作誤差がある場合でも、この下側の右結合部LRにおいてその誤差を吸収することができる。また下側の右結合部LRでは、前扉4の荷重が圧縮方向に加わるため、当接構造を採用しなくても、金属製扉枠39の剛性の極端な低下を阻止することができる。 Further, among the upper and lower, left and right four corner joints UL, UR, LL, and LR, the lower right joint LR has a superposed portion 49 llr and a polymerized portion 51 ll without adopting a contact structure in the left-right direction. Since it is laminated and fastened in the front-rear direction by screws 55, even if there is some manufacturing error in the contact structure of the joints UL, UR, LL at the other three corners, the right joint LR on the lower side can be used. The error can be absorbed. Further, in the lower right joint portion LR, since the load of the front door 4 is applied in the compression direction, it is possible to prevent an extreme decrease in the rigidity of the metal door frame 39 without adopting the contact structure.

金属製扉枠39の前側には、図1、図6に示すように、装飾部材を構成する前扉カバー40が装着されている。前扉カバー40は、図6に示すように左縦部材44、右縦部材45、上横部材46、下横部材47に対応して左側部カバー60、右側部カバー61、上部カバー62、下部ユニット63に別れている。左側部カバー60、右側部カバー61、上部カバー62、下部ユニット63は、図9~図15に示すように、合成樹脂製の取り付け枠材64~67を介して金属製扉枠39の前側に装着されている。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 6, a front door cover 40 constituting a decorative member is mounted on the front side of the metal door frame 39. As shown in FIG. 6, the front door cover 40 has a left side cover 60, a right side cover 61, an upper cover 62, and a lower portion corresponding to the left vertical member 44, the right vertical member 45, the upper horizontal member 46, and the lower horizontal member 47. It is divided into units 63. As shown in FIGS. 9 to 15, the left side cover 60, the right side cover 61, the upper cover 62, and the lower unit 63 are placed on the front side of the metal door frame 39 via the synthetic resin mounting frame members 64 to 67. It is installed.

上部カバー62の内部には、左右一対の上部スピーカ68と、この上部スピーカ68間に配置されたLEDその他の上部演出ユニット69とが設けられている。左右側部カバー60,61の内部には、その下部に下部スピーカ70が配置され、その下部スピーカ70の上側にLEDその他の側部演出ユニット(図示省略)が設けられている。 Inside the upper cover 62, a pair of left and right upper speakers 68, and an LED and other upper effect units 69 arranged between the upper speakers 68 are provided. Inside the left and right side covers 60 and 61, a lower speaker 70 is arranged below the cover 60, 61, and an LED and other side effect units (not shown) are provided above the lower speaker 70.

取り付け枠材64~67は左縦部材44、右縦部材45、上横部材46、下横部材47に対応して分割され、ネジ等を介して金属製扉枠39の前側に着脱自在に装着されている。なお、取り付け枠材64~67は4分割の他、2分割又は3分割でもよいし、一体に構成してもよい。 The mounting frame members 64 to 67 are divided according to the left vertical member 44, the right vertical member 45, the upper horizontal member 46, and the lower horizontal member 47, and are detachably mounted on the front side of the metal door frame 39 via screws or the like. Has been done. The mounting frame materials 64 to 67 may be divided into four, two or three, or may be integrally configured.

下部ユニット63は、図6に示すように中央部が前側に突出する平面視略三角形状であり、この下部ユニット63には、操作演出用の演出操作ボタン71と、発射用の遊技球を貯留する上皿(発射球貯留部)72と、余剰球を貯留する下皿(余剰球貯留部)73とが上下に設けられ、また演出操作ボタン71に対して下皿73と反対側で下部スピーカ19の前側に発射手段18の操作用の発射ハンドル74が設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 6, the lower unit 63 has a substantially triangular shape in a plan view in which the central portion protrudes forward, and the lower unit 63 stores an effect operation button 71 for operation effect and a game ball for launch. An upper plate (launching ball storage unit) 72 and a lower plate (surplus ball storage unit) 73 for storing surplus balls are provided at the top and bottom, and a lower speaker is provided on the opposite side of the lower plate 73 with respect to the effect operation button 71. A firing handle 74 for operating the launching means 18 is provided on the front side of the 19.

上皿72は演出操作ボタン71の左右一側から後側に跨がって形成されている。下皿73は上皿72から溢流した溢流球、発射手段18による発射後に遊技領域41まで到達せずに失速して戻るファール球等を余剰球として貯留可能である。発射ハンドル74は遊技者が把持して発射手段18を作動させるためのものであり、遊技者が発射ハンドル74を把持して回動操作したときに、球送り手段(図示省略)を介して上皿72の遊技球が1個ずつ発射レール32上に供給され、その操作量に応じた打撃力で打撃槌35が発射レール32上の遊技球を打撃して遊技盤17側へと発射するようになっている。 The upper plate 72 is formed so as to straddle the left and right sides of the effect operation button 71 to the rear side. The lower plate 73 can store an overflow ball overflowing from the upper plate 72, a foul ball that stalls and returns without reaching the game area 41 after being launched by the launching means 18, and the like as surplus balls. The firing handle 74 is for the player to grip and operate the firing means 18, and when the player grips and rotates the firing handle 74, the firing handle 74 is moved up via the ball feeding means (not shown). The game balls of the plate 72 are supplied one by one onto the launch rail 32, and the striking mallet 35 hits the game balls on the launch rail 32 with a striking force according to the amount of operation thereof and launches them toward the game board 17. It has become.

なお、前扉4は視認窓42及びガラスユニット43等を備えた上部側のガラス扉と、上皿72、下皿73、演出操作ボタン71及び発射ハンドル74等を備えた下部側の開閉扉とに二分割して、ガラス扉と開閉扉とが別々に開閉するように構成することも可能である。 The front door 4 includes a glass door on the upper side provided with a viewing window 42, a glass unit 43, etc., and an opening / closing door on the lower side provided with an upper plate 72, a lower plate 73, an effect operation button 71, a firing handle 74, and the like. It is also possible to divide it into two parts so that the glass door and the opening / closing door can be opened and closed separately.

ガラスユニット43は、図8~図10、図16~図18に示すように、所定の間隔を置いて配置された前後2枚のガラス板76と、このガラス板76を外周側から保持する保持部材77とを備え、取り付け枠材64~66の裏側において、下側の左右一対の係合手段78を介して下横部材47の受け部79上に載置され、上側が左右一対の締結手段80により締結されている。 As shown in FIGS. 8 to 10 and 16 to 18, the glass unit 43 has two front and rear glass plates 76 arranged at predetermined intervals, and holds the glass plates 76 from the outer peripheral side. It is provided with a member 77, and is placed on a receiving portion 79 of a lower horizontal member 47 via a pair of lower left and right engaging means 78 on the back side of the mounting frame members 64 to 66, and the upper side is a pair of left and right fastening means. It is fastened by 80.

係合手段78は、保持部材77に形成された係合突部81と、下横部材47の受け部79に形成され且つ係合突部81が係合する係合凹部82とを有する。締結手段80は、ガラスユニット43の上部側の左右両側に配置されており、取り付け枠材66等に前後方向の支軸84廻りに回動自在な締結部材85を有し、締結部材85を支軸84廻りに廻して保持部材77の被締結部86を締め付けて固定するようになっている。 The engaging means 78 has an engaging protrusion 81 formed on the holding member 77, and an engaging recess 82 formed on the receiving portion 79 of the lower horizontal member 47 and to which the engaging protrusion 81 engages. The fastening means 80 is arranged on both the left and right sides on the upper side of the glass unit 43, and has a fastening member 85 that is rotatable around a support shaft 84 in the front-rear direction on a mounting frame member 66 or the like, and supports the fastening member 85. It is designed to be rotated around the shaft 84 to tighten and fix the fastened portion 86 of the holding member 77.

ガラスユニット43を装着する際には、ガラスユニット43の下側を係合手段78を介して下横部材47の受け部79上に載置した後、係合手段78を支点としてガラスユニット43の上部側を前側へと回動させて、ガラスユニット43の外周部分を取り付け枠材64~66の裏面に当接させる。そして、その後に左右の締結手段80によりガラスユニット43を締め付けて固定すればよい。 When mounting the glass unit 43, the lower side of the glass unit 43 is placed on the receiving portion 79 of the lower lateral member 47 via the engaging means 78, and then the glass unit 43 is mounted with the engaging means 78 as a fulcrum. The upper side is rotated to the front side, and the outer peripheral portion of the glass unit 43 is brought into contact with the back surface of the mounting frame members 64 to 66. After that, the glass unit 43 may be tightened and fixed by the left and right fastening means 80.

前枠3と扉枠39には、図5に示すように、両者の間からピアノ線等の不正部材の挿入を阻止する第1阻止手段89が上下の第2ヒンジ6間に設けられている。この第1阻止手段89は、前枠3の左枠部20の端縁に設けられた横断面コ字状の補強部材25と、扉枠39の端縁に設けられた板金製の第1阻止部材90とを備えており、前扉4を第2ヒンジ6廻りに前枠3側に閉じたときに、補強部材25と第1阻止部材90との間に微少間隙の迷路を形成するようになっている。第1阻止部材90は、扉枠39の左縦部材44の一部を外側に屈曲して設けられている。補強部材25、第1阻止部材90は上下の第2ヒンジ6間の略全長に上下方向に配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 5, the front frame 3 and the door frame 39 are provided with a first blocking means 89 for preventing the insertion of an illegal member such as a piano wire from between the two hinges 6 between the upper and lower second hinges 6. .. The first blocking means 89 is a reinforcing member 25 having a U-shaped cross section provided at the edge of the left frame portion 20 of the front frame 3, and a first blocking made of sheet metal provided at the edge of the door frame 39. A member 90 is provided, and when the front door 4 is closed around the second hinge 6 toward the front frame 3, a maze of minute gaps is formed between the reinforcing member 25 and the first blocking member 90. It has become. The first blocking member 90 is provided by bending a part of the left vertical member 44 of the door frame 39 outward. The reinforcing member 25 and the first blocking member 90 are arranged in the vertical direction along a substantially total length between the upper and lower second hinges 6.

このような構成の第1阻止手段89を設けることにより、前扉4を前枠3側に閉じた状態において、前枠3と扉枠39との間を経てピアノ線等の不正部材をガラスユニット43の裏側へと挿入しようとしても、補強部材25と第1阻止部材90との間に微少間隙の迷路があるため、その迷路によって不正部材のガラスユニット43の裏側への進入を阻止することができる。 By providing the first blocking means 89 having such a configuration, in a state where the front door 4 is closed to the front frame 3 side, an illegal member such as a piano wire is inserted between the front frame 3 and the door frame 39 to the glass unit. Even if an attempt is made to insert it into the back side of the 43, since there is a maze with a minute gap between the reinforcing member 25 and the first blocking member 90, the maze can prevent the unauthorized member from entering the back side of the glass unit 43. can.

上横部材46の前面には、図19~図21に示すように、ネジ等により取り付け枠材66が装着され、その取り付け枠材66に上部カバー62と左右一対の上部スピーカ68とが取り付けられている。上部カバー62は、裏側に突出する複数の上部カバー62用の取り付けボス92と、上部スピーカ68に対応する音出し用の開口部93と、開口部93の周辺から裏側に突出するスピーカカバー96用の取り付けボス94とを備え、上部カバー62用の取り付けボス92に螺合するネジ95により上横部材46に固定されている。 As shown in FIGS. 19 to 21, a mounting frame member 66 is mounted on the front surface of the upper horizontal member 46 by screws or the like, and an upper cover 62 and a pair of left and right upper speakers 68 are mounted on the mounting frame member 66. ing. The upper cover 62 is for a plurality of mounting bosses 92 for the upper cover 62 protruding to the back side, an opening 93 for sound output corresponding to the upper speaker 68, and a speaker cover 96 protruding from the periphery of the opening 93 to the back side. The mounting boss 94 is provided, and is fixed to the upper horizontal member 46 by a screw 95 screwed into the mounting boss 92 for the upper cover 62.

開口部93はスピーカカバー96により塞がれている。スピーカカバー96はネット、多孔板等の金属板をプレス成型して構成された金属製であって、上部スピーカ68を外周から取り囲む筒状部97と、筒状部97の後端にフランジ部(又は取り付け部)98と、上部スピーカ68の前面に対応して筒状部97の前端に形成されたカバー部99とを一体に備えている。 The opening 93 is closed by the speaker cover 96. The speaker cover 96 is made of metal formed by press-molding a metal plate such as a net or a perforated plate, and has a tubular portion 97 that surrounds the upper speaker 68 from the outer periphery and a flange portion (a flange portion at the rear end of the tubular portion 97). Alternatively, the mounting portion) 98 and the cover portion 99 formed at the front end of the tubular portion 97 corresponding to the front surface of the upper speaker 68 are integrally provided.

カバー部99は前側に突出する球面状であって、多数の小孔が設けられており、外周部分が上部カバー62の開口部93の後端側周縁に裏側から当接している。フランジ部98は、スピーカカバー96用の取り付けボス94に取り付けネジ100により固定され、またアース部材101を介して上横部材46に電気的に接続されている。 The cover portion 99 has a spherical shape protruding to the front side, is provided with a large number of small holes, and the outer peripheral portion is in contact with the rear end side peripheral edge of the opening 93 of the upper cover 62 from the back side. The flange portion 98 is fixed to the mounting boss 94 for the speaker cover 96 by the mounting screw 100, and is electrically connected to the upper horizontal member 46 via the ground member 101.

アース部材101は板金製であって、その近傍に配置された上部カバー62用の長い取り付けボス92を補強する機能を有し、その取り付けボス92の近傍に前後方向に配置されている。このアース部材101は、前後方向に配置された帯板部103と、この帯板部103の前後両端から異なる方向に屈曲する接続部104,105を備え、その一方の接続部104がフランジ部98と共に取り付けネジ100により取り付けボス94に固定され、他方の接続部105がネジ95により上横部材46、取り付けボス92に固定されている。 The ground member 101 is made of sheet metal and has a function of reinforcing a long mounting boss 92 for the upper cover 62 arranged in the vicinity thereof, and is arranged in the vicinity of the mounting boss 92 in the front-rear direction. The ground member 101 includes a strip portion 103 arranged in the front-rear direction and connecting portions 104 and 105 that bend in different directions from both front and rear ends of the strip portion 103, and one of the connecting portions 104 is a flange portion 98. The other connecting portion 105 is fixed to the upper horizontal member 46 and the mounting boss 92 by the screw 95.

左右一対のスピーカカバー96の内、その一方のスピーカカバー96は、図21に示すように、アース線107を介して上部演出ユニット69のプリント基板に接続されており、スピーカカバー96自体がアース回路の一部を構成している。アース線107はスピーカカバー96と共に取り付けネジ100により取り付けボス94に共締めされている。上横部材46は右縦部材45、アース線108等を介してアースされている。 Of the pair of left and right speaker covers 96, one of the speaker covers 96 is connected to the printed circuit board of the upper effect unit 69 via the ground wire 107, and the speaker cover 96 itself is a ground circuit. It constitutes a part of. The ground wire 107 is fastened to the mounting boss 94 together with the speaker cover 96 by the mounting screw 100. The upper horizontal member 46 is grounded via the right vertical member 45, the ground wire 108, and the like.

このような構成を採用すれば、アース部材101、上横部材46を介してスピーカカバー96をアースできる。またスピーカカバー96用の取り付けボス94にアース部材101を取り付けネジ100により共締めしているので、構造的にも簡素化することができる。 If such a configuration is adopted, the speaker cover 96 can be grounded via the ground member 101 and the upper horizontal member 46. Further, since the ground member 101 is fastened together with the mounting screw 100 to the mounting boss 94 for the speaker cover 96, the structure can be simplified.

更に上部カバー62用の取り付けボス92の近傍に、上横部材46に接続された板金製のアース部材101があるため、そのアース部材101により取り付けボス92を補強することが可能である。従って、上部カバー62の裏側に突出量の大きい取り付けボス92を設けざるを得ないような場合でも、本来の上部カバー62用の取り付けボス92と、その近傍に配置された取り付けボス94及びアース部材101との両者を介して、上部カバー62を上横部材46に確実に取り付けることができる。 Further, since there is a sheet metal ground member 101 connected to the upper horizontal member 46 in the vicinity of the mounting boss 92 for the upper cover 62, the mounting boss 92 can be reinforced by the grounding member 101. Therefore, even if the mounting boss 92 having a large protrusion amount must be provided on the back side of the upper cover 62, the mounting boss 92 for the original upper cover 62, the mounting boss 94 arranged in the vicinity thereof, and the ground member The upper cover 62 can be securely attached to the upper horizontal member 46 via both of the 101 and the upper cover 62.

遊技盤17の前面には、図4に示すように、打ち込まれた遊技球を流下させながら遊技を行う遊技領域41と、発射手段18によって発射された遊技球を遊技領域41の上部側へと案内する案内通路110とが設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 4, on the front surface of the game board 17, there is a game area 41 in which a game is played while the game ball is driven down, and a game ball launched by the launching means 18 is moved to the upper side of the game area 41. A guide passage 110 for guiding is provided.

案内通路110は、遊技盤17の前面に配置された円弧状の内レール111と外レール112との間に形成されており、下部側の球受入れ部113側で発射手段18からの遊技球を受け入れて上側へと案内し、内レール111の上端側の球打ち込み部114側から遊技領域41内に遊技球を打ち込むようになっている。 The guide passage 110 is formed between the arc-shaped inner rail 111 and the outer rail 112 arranged on the front surface of the game board 17, and the game ball from the launching means 18 is placed on the lower ball receiving portion 113 side. The game ball is received and guided to the upper side, and the game ball is driven into the game area 41 from the ball driving portion 114 side on the upper end side of the inner rail 111.

内レール111、外レール112は、遊技領域41の内外方向に所定の間隔を置いて配置されている。また案内通路110の通路幅は、球受入れ部113側が広く、球打ち込み部114側が狭くなっている。案内通路110の球打ち込み部114側の端部には、遊技領域41から案内通路110側への遊技球の戻りを防止する戻り球防止手段115が内レール111の上端部側に対応して設けられている。 The inner rail 111 and the outer rail 112 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the inner and outer directions of the game area 41. Further, the passage width of the guide passage 110 is wide on the ball receiving portion 113 side and narrow on the ball driving portion 114 side. At the end of the guide passage 110 on the ball driving portion 114 side, a return ball preventing means 115 for preventing the return of the game ball from the game area 41 to the guide passage 110 side is provided corresponding to the upper end side of the inner rail 111. Has been done.

遊技盤17の前面には、遊技領域41の外周側に合成樹脂等の樹脂製の第1、第2外周部材116,117が配置され、また遊技領域41の中央部に液晶式等の画像表示手段118と、この画像表示手段118の前側に対応するセンターケース119とが前後に対応して装着されている。 On the front surface of the game board 17, first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117 made of resin such as synthetic resin are arranged on the outer peripheral side of the game area 41, and a liquid crystal display or the like is displayed in the center of the game area 41. The means 118 and the center case 119 corresponding to the front side of the image display means 118 are mounted back and forth.

第1、第2外周部材116,117は遊技領域41の外周側を飾るためのものであり、この第1、第2外周部材116,117には、黒色等の透明又は不透明な合成樹脂製のものが使用されている。例えば、外周部材116,117と内レール111との組み合わせとしては、外周部材116,117と内レール111とが共に黒色透明の場合、外周部材116,117が黒色不透明で内レール111が黒色透明の場合、外周部材116,117が黒色透明で内レール111が黒色不透明な場合等がある。 The first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117 are for decorating the outer peripheral side of the game area 41, and the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117 are made of a transparent or opaque synthetic resin such as black. Things are being used. For example, as a combination of the outer peripheral members 116, 117 and the inner rail 111, when the outer peripheral members 116, 117 and the inner rail 111 are both transparent in black, the outer peripheral members 116, 117 are black opaque and the inner rail 111 is transparent in black. In some cases, the outer peripheral members 116 and 117 are transparent in black and the inner rail 111 is opaque in black.

なお、第1、第2外周部材116,117は黒色以外の色でもよい。また第1外周部材116と第2外周部材117との二つが周方向に設けられているが、外周部材116,117は、周方向に一つ又は三つ以上であってもよい。 The first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117 may have colors other than black. Further, although the first outer peripheral member 116 and the second outer peripheral member 117 are provided in the circumferential direction, the outer peripheral members 116 and 117 may be one or three or more in the circumferential direction.

画像表示手段118は液晶式等であって、演出図柄表示手段120、操作誘導表示手段121等を構成している。なお、演出図柄表示手段120は回転リール式であってもよい。センターケース119は画像表示手段118の表示画面に対応する表示窓122と、遊技盤17の前面に当接して遊技盤17から前側に突出し且つ表示窓122を取り囲むケース本体部123とを有し、ケース本体部123の前面に普通図柄表示手段124、特別図柄表示手段125等が設けられている。 The image display means 118 is a liquid crystal display or the like, and constitutes an effect symbol display means 120, an operation guidance display means 121, and the like. The effect symbol display means 120 may be a rotary reel type. The center case 119 has a display window 122 corresponding to the display screen of the image display means 118, and a case main body portion 123 that abuts on the front surface of the game board 17 and projects forward from the game board 17 and surrounds the display window 122. A normal symbol display means 124, a special symbol display means 125, and the like are provided on the front surface of the case main body 123.

遊技領域41には、センターケース119の左右両側に左打ち通路126と右打ち通路127とが設けられており、ケース本体部123の上端側の左右略中央に左打ち通路126と右打ち通路127との境界となる球衝突頂部128が設けられている。そして、遊技領域41に打ち込まれた遊技球は、球衝突頂部128よりも左側に衝突した場合には左打ち通路126を経て、球衝突頂部128の上側を通過した場合には右打ち通路127を経て夫々流下するようになっている。 The game area 41 is provided with a left-handed passage 126 and a right-handed passage 127 on both the left and right sides of the center case 119. A sphere collision top 128 that serves as a boundary with the vehicle is provided. Then, when the game ball driven into the game area 41 collides with the left side of the ball collision top 128, it passes through the left-handed passage 126, and when it passes above the ball collision top 128, it passes through the right-handed passage 127. After that, each one has come to flow down.

また遊技領域41には、左打ち通路126の下側近傍に普通入賞手段130が配置され、右打ち通路127側の途中に普通図柄始動手段131が、右打ち通路127の下側近傍に大入賞手段132が夫々配置されている。センターケース119の下側には特別図柄始動手段133とアウト口134とが配置されている。 Further, in the game area 41, the ordinary winning means 130 is arranged near the lower side of the left-handed passage 126, the ordinary symbol starting means 131 is placed in the middle of the right-handed passage 127 side, and the ordinary symbol starting means 131 is placed near the lower side of the right-handed passage 127. Means 132 are arranged respectively. A special symbol starting means 133 and an out port 134 are arranged on the lower side of the center case 119.

ケース本体部123の上部側には、画像表示手段118の表示画面の上部側、その他の適当箇所に可動演出手段135が設けられており、その可動演出手段135の昇降、その他の演出動作により、遊技状態に応じて所定の演出を行うようになっている。またケース本体部123の下部側には、左打ち通路126を流下する遊技球が入球可能なワープ口136と、表示窓122の下側に配置され且つワープ口136に入球した遊技球を特別図柄始動手段133の上側近傍へと落下させるステージ部137とが設けられている。 Movable effect means 135 is provided on the upper side of the case main body 123 on the upper side of the display screen of the image display means 118 and at other appropriate places. A predetermined effect is performed according to the game state. Further, on the lower side of the case main body 123, a warp opening 136 in which a game ball flowing down the left-handed passage 126 can enter, and a game ball arranged under the display window 122 and entering the warp opening 136 are provided. A stage portion 137 for dropping the special symbol starting means 133 toward the upper side is provided.

外レール112は、図22に示すように、ステンレス帯板等の弾性及び耐摩耗性を有する金属製帯板であり、第1外周部材116の内周面に着脱可能に装着されている。内レール111は、図4、図24に示すように、透明又は不透明な合成樹脂材料等により金型成型した樹脂製であり、レール長手方向の上下両端側の取り付け部138,139が遊技盤17の前面に位置決め突起140,141と取り付けネジ(固定手段)142,143とにより遊技盤17に当接して固定され、レール長手方向の中間部分の取り付け部144が一つ又は複数の突起部(位置決め突起)145を介して遊技盤17に誘導可能に取り付けられている。 As shown in FIG. 22, the outer rail 112 is a metal strip having elasticity and wear resistance such as a stainless strip, and is detachably attached to the inner peripheral surface of the first outer peripheral member 116. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 24, the inner rail 111 is made of a resin molded from a transparent or opaque synthetic resin material or the like, and the mounting portions 138 and 139 on both the upper and lower ends in the longitudinal direction of the rail are the game board 17. The positioning protrusions 140, 141 and the mounting screws (fixing means) 142, 143 abut and are fixed to the front surface of the game board 17, and the mounting portion 144 in the middle portion in the longitudinal direction of the rail is one or more protrusions (positioning). It is attached to the game board 17 so as to be guided via the protrusion) 145.

このように外レール112を弾性及び耐摩耗性を有する金属製とすることにより、発射手段18から発射された遊技球が衝突したときの衝撃、遊技球が摺動するときの摩耗等による外レール112の損傷を防止でき、外レール112の耐久性が向上する。 By making the outer rail 112 made of a metal having elasticity and wear resistance in this way, the outer rail due to the impact when the game ball launched from the launching means 18 collides, the wear when the game ball slides, and the like. Damage to the 112 can be prevented and the durability of the outer rail 112 is improved.

また内レール111を透明又は不透明な樹脂製とすることにより、ステンレス等の金属製のものに比較して意匠性の向上を容易に確保できる利点がある。例えば、遊技盤17の前面には、図4に示すように、キャラクタ、その他の装飾絵柄146を印刷したセル板等の装飾シート147が貼着されており、その装飾シート147には内レール111の両側の遊技領域41と案内通路110とに跨がって装飾絵柄146が表示されている。 Further, by making the inner rail 111 made of transparent or opaque resin, there is an advantage that the improvement of design can be easily ensured as compared with the one made of metal such as stainless steel. For example, as shown in FIG. 4, a decorative sheet 147 such as a cell board on which a character or other decorative pattern 146 is printed is attached to the front surface of the game board 17, and the inner rail 111 is attached to the decorative sheet 147. A decorative pattern 146 is displayed straddling the game areas 41 and the guide passage 110 on both sides of the above.

このような場合に、キャラクタ等の装飾絵柄146の前側に配置される内レール111に無色透明、着色透明等の光透過性を有するものを使用することにより、内レール111を介してその背後のキャラクタ等の装飾絵柄146を視認可能であり、内レール111が遊技領域41と案内通路110とに跨がる装飾絵柄146の一体感を阻害するようなこともない。また内レール111に黒色等の光透過性のないものを使用する場合でも、遊技盤17側のキャラクタ等の装飾絵柄146と調和を取ることも可能である。 In such a case, by using an inner rail 111 arranged on the front side of the decorative pattern 146 such as a character having light transmission such as colorless transparency and colored transparency, the inner rail 111 behind the inner rail 111 is used. The decorative pattern 146 of the character or the like can be visually recognized, and the inner rail 111 does not hinder the sense of unity of the decorative pattern 146 straddling the game area 41 and the guide passage 110. Further, even when the inner rail 111 having no light transmission such as black is used, it is possible to harmonize with the decorative pattern 146 such as the character on the game board 17 side.

普通図柄始動手段131は普通図柄表示手段124による図柄始動を開始させるためのもので、図4に示すように通過ゲートにより構成され、右打ち通路127を流下する遊技球の通過を検出するようになっている。普通図柄表示手段124は普通図柄を変動表示するためのもので、例えば「○」「×」の二種類の普通図柄に対応する2個のLED等の発光体により構成されている。 The normal symbol starting means 131 is for starting the symbol starting by the normal symbol display means 124, is composed of a passing gate as shown in FIG. 4, and detects the passage of a game ball flowing down the right-handed passage 127. It has become. The ordinary symbol display means 124 is for variablely displaying ordinary symbols, and is composed of, for example, two light emitting bodies such as LEDs corresponding to two types of ordinary symbols "○" and "×".

この普通図柄表示手段124は普通図柄始動手段131が遊技球を検出することを条件に2個の発光体が所定時間交互に点滅して、普通図柄始動手段131による遊技球の検出時に取得された当たり判定乱数値が予め定められた当たり判定値と一致する場合に、当たり態様に対応する「○」側の発光体が発光した状態で、それ以外の場合に外れ態様に対応する「×」側の発光体が発光した状態で夫々点滅を終了する。 The normal symbol display means 124 is acquired when the normal symbol starting means 131 detects a game ball by alternately blinking two light emitters for a predetermined time on condition that the normal symbol starting means 131 detects the game ball. When the hit judgment random value matches the predetermined hit judgment value, the illuminant on the "○" side corresponding to the hit mode emits light, and in other cases, the "x" side corresponding to the off mode. The blinking ends with the light emitting body of.

特別図柄始動手段133は特別図柄表示手段125による図柄変動を開始させるためのもので、上始動入賞手段133aと下始動入賞手段133bとを上下に備えている。上始動入賞手段133aは非開閉式である。下始動入賞手段133bは遊技球が入球不可能(又は入球困難)な閉状態と入球可能(又は入球容易)な開状態とに切り換え可能な開閉式であり、普通図柄表示手段124の変動後の停止図柄が当たり態様となって普通利益状態が発生したときに、閉状態から開状態へと所定時間開放するようになっている。 The special symbol starting means 133 is for starting the symbol variation by the special symbol displaying means 125, and is provided with an upper start winning means 133a and a lower starting winning means 133b at the top and bottom. The upper start winning means 133a is a non-opening / closing type. The lower start winning means 133b is an open / close type that can switch between a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter (or is difficult to enter) and an open state in which the game ball can enter (or is easy to enter), and is a normal symbol display means 124. When the stop symbol after the change of is a hit mode and a normal profit state occurs, it is opened from the closed state to the open state for a predetermined time.

特別図柄表示手段125は1個又は複数個の表示手段、例えば特別図柄を変動表示可能なセグメント式等の1個の表示手段により構成されており、特別図柄始動手段133の上始動入賞手段133a又は下始動入賞手段133bに遊技球が入賞することを条件に特別図柄を所定時間変動表示して、始動入賞手段133a,133bへの入賞時に取得した大当たり判定乱数値が予め定められた大当たり判定値と一致する場合に、特別図柄が所定の大当たり態様(特定態様)で、それ以外の場合に外れ態様で夫々停止する。 The special symbol display means 125 is composed of one or a plurality of display means, for example, one display means such as a segment type capable of variablely displaying the special symbol, and the special symbol start means 133 is used as a top start winning means 133a or. The special symbol is displayed variable for a predetermined time on condition that the game ball wins the lower starting winning means 133b, and the jackpot determination random value acquired at the time of winning the starting winning means 133a, 133b is the predetermined jackpot determination value. If they match, the special symbols stop in a predetermined jackpot mode (specific mode), and in other cases, they stop in a disengaged mode.

演出図柄表示手段120は特別図柄表示手段125による特別図柄の変動表示と並行して演出図柄を変動表示するもので、1個又は複数個(例えば左右方向に3個)の演出図柄120a~120cを各種の演出画像と共に画像表示手段118の表示画面に変動表示可能に構成されている。 The effect symbol display means 120 variablely displays the effect symbols in parallel with the variable display of the special symbol by the special symbol display means 125, and displays one or more (for example, three in the left-right direction) effect symbols 120a to 120c. It is configured to be variable and displayable on the display screen of the image display means 118 together with various effect images.

演出図柄120a~120cは、特別図柄始動手段133の始動入賞手段133a,133bの何れかに遊技球が入賞した場合に、特別図柄の変動開始と同時に複数種類の変動パターンの何れかに従って変動を開始して、特別図柄の停止と同期して略同時に停止する。なお、演出図柄120a~120cは特別図柄が外れ態様で停止する場合には外れ演出態様で停止し、特別図柄が大当たり態様で停止する場合には大当たり演出態様で停止する。 When the game ball wins a prize in any of the starting winning means 133a and 133b of the special symbol starting means 133, the effect symbols 120a to 120c start the fluctuation according to any of a plurality of types of fluctuation patterns at the same time as the fluctuation of the special symbol starts. Then, it stops almost at the same time as the stop of the special symbol. It should be noted that the effect symbols 120a to 120c are stopped in the off effect mode when the special symbol is stopped in the off mode, and are stopped in the jackpot effect mode when the special symbol is stopped in the jackpot mode.

大入賞手段132は、遊技球が入賞可能な開状態と入賞不可能な閉状態とに切り換え可能な開閉式であって、特別図柄表示手段125の変動後の特別図柄が大当たり態様となって特別利益状態が発生したときに、所定の開放パターンに従って1回又は複数回開放してその上側から遊技球を入賞させるようになっている。 The big prize means 132 is an open / close type that can switch between an open state in which the game ball can win and a closed state in which the game ball cannot win, and the special symbol after the change of the special symbol display means 125 becomes a big hit mode. When a profit state occurs, it is opened once or a plurality of times according to a predetermined opening pattern, and a game ball is won from above the opening pattern.

この大入賞手段132は、図32~図35に示すように、遊技盤17の前側で入賞口ケース150に上向きに開口状に形成された入賞口151と、前後方向に出退して入賞口151の上側を開閉可能であり且つ入賞口151の上側に突出して入賞口151が閉状態のときに遊技球を左方向に案内可能な開閉部材152と、開閉部材152の左右両側に配置され且つ遊技球を左方向に案内可能な第1傾斜通路153、第2傾斜通路154とを備えている。なお、下手側の第2傾斜通路154は第1傾斜通路153よりも短くなっているが、第1傾斜通路153と同じか又は長くしてもよいし、省略してもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, the large winning means 132 has a winning opening 151 formed in an upward opening shape in the winning opening case 150 on the front side of the game board 17, and a winning opening that moves in and out in the front-rear direction. An opening / closing member 152 that can open and close the upper side of the 151 and that projects to the upper side of the winning opening 151 to guide the game ball to the left when the winning opening 151 is closed, and is arranged on both the left and right sides of the opening / closing member 152. It is provided with a first inclined passage 153 and a second inclined passage 154 that can guide the game ball to the left. Although the second inclined passage 154 on the lower side is shorter than the first inclined passage 153, it may be the same as or longer than the first inclined passage 153, or may be omitted.

第1、第2傾斜通路153,154は、遊技盤17の前面に当接して配置された取り付け板兼用の後案内板155と、この後案内板155の前側に所定の間隔をおいて略平行に配置された前案内板156と、前後案内板155,156間に左下がりの傾斜状に配置された傾斜通路板157,158とを備え、その各傾斜通路板157,158は、遊技球が第1傾斜通路153から開閉部材152、第2傾斜通路154へと移動するように、開閉部材152と略同じ傾斜角度で左下がりに連続状、又は所定の段差を介して段違い状に設けられている。 The first and second inclined passages 153 and 154 are substantially parallel to the rear guide plate 155, which is also used as a mounting plate and is arranged in contact with the front surface of the game board 17, and is substantially parallel to the front side of the rear guide plate 155. The front guide plate 156 arranged in the front and rear guide plates 155, and the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 arranged in a downwardly inclined shape between the front and rear guide plates 155 and 156 are provided, and each of the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 has a game ball. In order to move from the first inclined passage 153 to the opening / closing member 152 and the second inclined passage 154, the opening / closing member 152 is provided continuously at an inclination angle substantially the same as the opening / closing member 152 in a downward-sloping manner or in a stepped manner via a predetermined step. There is.

前案内板156には、開閉部材152の左右両側から入賞口151の左右両側を経て入賞口151の下側を取り囲む囲繞壁159が一体に設けられ、その囲繞壁159の上部側が各傾斜通路153,154の傾斜通路板157,158となっている。そのため傾斜通路板157,158は前案内板156と一体であり、後案内板155とは別体となっている。 The front guide plate 156 is integrally provided with a surrounding wall 159 that surrounds the lower side of the winning opening 151 from the left and right sides of the opening / closing member 152 via the left and right sides of the winning opening 151, and the upper side of the surrounding wall 159 is each inclined passage 153. , 154 inclined passage plates 157 and 158. Therefore, the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 are integrated with the front guide plate 156 and are separate from the rear guide plate 155.

なお、遊技球は、囲繞壁159の右壁部159aと第2外周部材117の後述の側部レール187との間、囲繞壁159の下壁部159bと第2外周部材117の後述の下部レール188との間を通過可能である。 The game ball is between the right wall portion 159a of the surrounding wall 159 and the side rail 187 described later of the second outer peripheral member 117, the lower wall portion 159b of the surrounding wall 159 and the lower rail described later of the second outer peripheral member 117. It is possible to pass between 188.

各傾斜通路板157,158は、図35に示すように、これと一体の前案内板156側の上下方向の高さが高く、別体の後案内板155側の高さが低くなっており、左右方向の同一位置ではその前後で高低差hがある。なお、傾斜通路板157,158は一体の前案内板156側の板厚を厚くし、傾斜通路板157,158と別体構造の後案内板155側の板厚を薄くして、傾斜通路板157,158の前後の高低差hを確保している。 As shown in FIG. 35, each of the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 has a high vertical height on the front guide plate 156 side integrated with the inclined passage plate 157 and 158, and a low height on the rear guide plate 155 side of the separate body. At the same position in the left-right direction, there is a height difference h before and after that position. The inclined passage plates 157 and 158 have a thicker plate thickness on the integrated front guide plate 156 side and a thinner plate thickness on the rear guide plate 155 side having a separate structure from the inclined passage plates 157 and 158. The height difference h before and after 157 and 158 is secured.

また第1傾斜通路153には傾斜通路板157の終端側に、第2傾斜通路154には傾斜通路板158の始端側に夫々対応して後案内板155に突起160,161が設けられている。この突起160,161は傾斜通路板157、開閉部材152上の遊技球と接触してその移動方向を変える等、遊技球の移動に抵抗を付与するものであり、開閉部材152の左右両側で後案内板155に設けられている。 Further, the first inclined passage 153 is provided with protrusions 160 and 161 on the rear guide plate 155 corresponding to the end side of the inclined passage plate 157 and the second inclined passage 154 on the starting end side of the inclined passage plate 158, respectively. .. The protrusions 160 and 161 give resistance to the movement of the game ball, such as contacting the inclined passage plate 157 and the game ball on the opening / closing member 152 to change the moving direction thereof, and are rearward on both the left and right sides of the opening / closing member 152. It is provided on the guide plate 155.

入賞口151は後案内板155から前側に突出する入賞口ケース150の上側に左右方向に長く形成されている。入賞口ケース150は入賞通路ケース162、後部ケース163と結合して後案内板155に取り付けられている。入賞通路ケース162には、入賞口151から入賞した遊技球を遊技盤17の裏側へと誘導する誘導通路164と、入賞口151から入賞した遊技球を検出する検出スイッチ165とが設けられている。 The winning opening 151 is formed long in the left-right direction on the upper side of the winning opening case 150 protruding forward from the rear guide plate 155. The winning opening case 150 is connected to the winning passage case 162 and the rear case 163 and attached to the rear guide plate 155. The winning passage case 162 is provided with a guide passage 164 for guiding the game ball won from the winning opening 151 to the back side of the game board 17, and a detection switch 165 for detecting the winning game ball from the winning opening 151. ..

開閉部材152は入賞通路ケース162に形成された左右一対の摺動案内部166により前後方向に摺動自在に支持され、後部ケース163に装着されたソレノイド等の駆動源167により前後方向に開閉駆動されるようになっている。駆動源167と開閉部材152は、後部ケース163内の連動機構168を介して連動されている。連動機構168は、駆動源167に連動して前後方向に移動可能な連動部材169と、後部ケース163に支軸170により前後揺動自在に枢着され且つ連動部材169に連動連結された揺動アーム171とを備え、揺動アーム171が開閉部材152の後端側に連結されている。なお、駆動源167には、開閉部材152を閉状態に付勢するためのバネ等の付勢手段(図示省略)が設けられている。 The opening / closing member 152 is slidably supported in the front-rear direction by a pair of left and right sliding guide portions 166 formed in the winning passage case 162, and is driven to open / close in the front-rear direction by a drive source 167 such as a solenoid mounted on the rear case 163. It is supposed to be done. The drive source 167 and the opening / closing member 152 are interlocked via an interlocking mechanism 168 in the rear case 163. The interlocking mechanism 168 has an interlocking member 169 that can move in the front-rear direction in conjunction with the drive source 167, and a swing that is pivotally attached to the rear case 163 by a support shaft 170 so as to swing back and forth and is interlocked and connected to the interlocking member 169. An arm 171 is provided, and the swing arm 171 is connected to the rear end side of the opening / closing member 152. The drive source 167 is provided with a urging means (not shown) such as a spring for urging the opening / closing member 152 in the closed state.

このような構成の大入賞手段132では、開閉部材152は通常、入賞口151の上側を閉じる閉状態にあり、第1傾斜通路153の傾斜通路板157上に落下した遊技球は、その第1傾斜通路153の傾斜通路板157から開閉部材152を経て第2傾斜通路154の傾斜通路板158上へと左方向に順次案内されて行く。 In the large winning means 132 having such a configuration, the opening / closing member 152 is normally in a closed state in which the upper side of the winning opening 151 is closed, and the game ball dropped on the inclined passage plate 157 of the first inclined passage 153 is the first. It is sequentially guided to the left from the inclined passage plate 157 of the inclined passage 153 to the inclined passage plate 158 of the second inclined passage 154 via the opening / closing member 152.

特別図柄表示手段125の変動後の特別図柄が大当たり態様となって特別利益状態が発生すると、駆動源167の駆動により開閉部材152が前後方向に出退して入賞口151が所定の開放パターンで開放する。そして、開閉部材152が後退して入賞口151が開放すれば、第1傾斜通路153の傾斜通路板157からの遊技球が入賞口151へと入賞する。 When the special symbol after the change of the special symbol display means 125 becomes a big hit mode and a special profit state occurs, the opening / closing member 152 moves back and forth in the front-rear direction by the drive of the drive source 167, and the winning opening 151 has a predetermined opening pattern. Open. Then, when the opening / closing member 152 retracts and the winning opening 151 opens, the game ball from the inclined passage plate 157 of the first inclined passage 153 wins the winning opening 151.

第1傾斜通路153において、その傾斜通路板157上に落下した遊技球は、傾斜通路板157が傾斜角度α157で左下りに傾斜し傾斜角度β157で後下りに傾斜しているため、その傾斜通路板157の傾斜に従って左後方へと157a矢示方向に移動する。 In the first inclined passage 153, the game ball that has fallen on the inclined passage plate 157 is inclined to the left at the inclined passage plate 157 and is inclined to the rear at the inclined angle β157. According to the inclination of the plate 157, it moves to the left rear in the direction indicated by the arrow 157a.

そのため第1傾斜通路153の傾斜通路板157上に落下する遊技球の多くは、傾斜通路板157の終端側に達するまでに後案内板155側へと157b矢示方向に移動して、この終端側で遊技球が突起160に接触するように案内することができる。従って、傾斜通路板157の終端側では、突起160との抵抗を受けて遊技球を入賞口151側へと157矢示方向に移動させることができるので、その遊技球を入賞口151の前部側へと入賞させることが可能である。 Therefore, most of the game balls that fall on the inclined passage plate 157 of the first inclined passage 153 move to the rear guide plate 155 side in the direction indicated by the arrow by the time they reach the end side of the inclined passage plate 157, and this end. It is possible to guide the game ball to come into contact with the protrusion 160 on the side. Therefore, on the terminal side of the inclined passage plate 157, the game ball can be moved to the winning opening 151 side in the direction indicated by the arrow 157 due to the resistance with the protrusion 160, so that the game ball can be moved to the front portion of the winning opening 151. It is possible to win a prize on the side.

また閉状態の開閉部材152上に遊技球が載った直後に開閉部材152が後退して入賞口151を開放するような場合には、遊技球は後退する開閉部材152上を左方向へと移動するため、第2傾斜通路154の始端側の突起161と接触し易くなる。そして、遊技球が突起161に接触すれば、その突起161の抵抗を受けるため、遊技球が入賞口151に入賞し易くなる。 If the opening / closing member 152 retracts to open the winning opening 151 immediately after the game ball is placed on the opening / closing member 152 in the closed state, the game ball moves to the left on the retracting opening / closing member 152. Therefore, it becomes easy to come into contact with the protrusion 161 on the starting end side of the second inclined passage 154. Then, when the game ball comes into contact with the protrusion 161 it receives the resistance of the protrusion 161 so that the game ball can easily win a prize in the winning opening 151.

第2傾斜通路154の傾斜通路板158上の遊技球も、第1傾斜通路153の傾斜通路板157と同様にその傾斜の影響を受けながら後案内板155側に沿って左方向へと移動する。 The game ball on the inclined passage plate 158 of the second inclined passage 154 also moves to the left along the rear guide plate 155 side while being affected by the inclination like the inclined passage plate 157 of the first inclined passage 153. ..

更に傾斜通路板157,158は一体の前案内板156側の板厚が大であり、傾斜通路板157,158と別体構造の後案内板155側の板厚が小であるため、前案内板156と傾斜通路板157,158とを金型成型するに際しても、容易に成型することができる利点がある。 Further, the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 have a large plate thickness on the integrated front guide plate 156 side, and the plate thickness on the rear guide plate 155 side having a separate structure from the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 is small. There is an advantage that the plate 156 and the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 can be easily molded when they are molded.

第1外周部材116は、図2、図4、図22、図23に示すように、案内通路110の始端側である球受入れ部113の外側から上部側に跨がって遊技領域41の左外周に配置される左外周部分(ヒンジ側外周部分)173と、左外周部分173の上部側から右打ち通路127の上部側である終端側に跨がって配置される上外周部分174とを一体に備えた合成樹脂等の樹脂製である。この第1外周部材116には、その左外周部分173及び上外周部分174の内周壁175に沿って外レール112が円弧状に配置され、また外レール112に沿って右打ち通路127の始端側に打ち込まれた遊技球が衝突する緩衝部材214が外レール112の終端側の内周に配置されている。 As shown in FIGS. 2, 4, 22, and 23, the first outer peripheral member 116 straddles the ball receiving portion 113, which is the starting end side of the guide passage 110, from the outside to the upper side, and is left of the game area 41. The left outer peripheral portion (hinge side outer peripheral portion) 173 arranged on the outer periphery and the upper outer peripheral portion 174 arranged so as to straddle the terminal side which is the upper side of the right-handed passage 127 from the upper side of the left outer peripheral portion 173. It is made of resin such as synthetic resin provided integrally. In the first outer peripheral member 116, the outer rail 112 is arranged in an arc shape along the inner peripheral wall 175 of the left outer peripheral portion 173 and the upper outer peripheral portion 174, and the start end side of the right-handed passage 127 is arranged along the outer rail 112. A cushioning member 214 with which the game ball driven into the rail collides with the outer rail 112 is arranged on the inner circumference on the terminal side of the outer rail 112.

左外周部分173は上下両側が広幅部173aとなっており、その中間部分が狭幅部173bとなっている。上外周部分174は左右両側が広幅部174aとなっており、その中間部分が狭幅部174bとなっている。なお、左外周部分173は、上下一対の係合部26間に配置されており、その上下両側で係合部26が遊技盤17に係合するようになっている。 The upper and lower sides of the left outer peripheral portion 173 are wide portions 173a, and the intermediate portion thereof is a narrow width portion 173b. The upper outer peripheral portion 174 has wide portions 174a on both the left and right sides, and the intermediate portion thereof is a narrow portion 174b. The left outer peripheral portion 173 is arranged between a pair of upper and lower engaging portions 26, and the engaging portions 26 engage with the game board 17 on both the upper and lower sides thereof.

第1外周部材116は、図25、図27、図30に示すように、内外に配置された内周壁175及び外周壁176と、その前側を覆う前面壁177と、前面壁177の裏側に縦横等の所定方向に配置された補強リブ178とを一体に備え、遊技盤17側へと後方に突出する周方向に複数の位置決め突起179と、周方向に複数の取り付け部180とを有し、その位置決め突起179を遊技盤17の位置決め孔181に挿入して位置決めされ、取り付け部180に前側から挿通して遊技盤17に螺合する取り付けネジ182により取り付けられている。従って、第1外周部材116は、位置決め突起179、取り付け部180、取り付けネジ182を介して遊技盤17の前面に固定状に容易且つ確実に取り付けることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 25, 27, and 30, the first outer peripheral member 116 includes an inner peripheral wall 175 and an outer peripheral wall 176 arranged inside and outside, a front wall 177 covering the front side thereof, and vertical and horizontal on the back side of the front wall 177. It is integrally provided with reinforcing ribs 178 arranged in a predetermined direction such as, and has a plurality of positioning protrusions 179 in the circumferential direction protruding rearward toward the game board 17, and a plurality of mounting portions 180 in the circumferential direction. The positioning protrusion 179 is inserted into the positioning hole 181 of the game board 17 for positioning, and is attached by a mounting screw 182 that is inserted into the mounting portion 180 from the front side and screwed into the game board 17. Therefore, the first outer peripheral member 116 can be easily and surely attached to the front surface of the game board 17 via the positioning protrusion 179, the attachment portion 180, and the attachment screw 182.

位置決め突起179は前面壁177及び/又は内周壁175及び外周壁176を連結する補強リブ178から遊技盤17側へと後方に突出しており、遊技盤17の位置決め孔181に圧入されている。なお、位置決め突起179は遊技盤17の位置決め孔181に単に挿入するだけでもよい。取り付け部180は前面壁177から遊技盤17側へと後方に凹入状に形成された凹入部183の後端に設けられており、その取り付け部180に凹入部183側から取り付けネジ182が挿入されている。 The positioning protrusion 179 protrudes rearward from the reinforcing rib 178 connecting the front wall 177 and / or the inner peripheral wall 175 and the outer peripheral wall 176 toward the game board 17, and is press-fitted into the positioning hole 181 of the game board 17. The positioning protrusion 179 may be simply inserted into the positioning hole 181 of the game board 17. The mounting portion 180 is provided at the rear end of the recessed portion 183 formed in a concave shape rearward from the front wall 177 to the game board 17, and the mounting screw 182 is inserted into the mounting portion 180 from the recessed portion 183 side. Has been done.

第2外周部材117は、図2、図4に示すように、遊技領域41に対して内レール111と反対側で第1外周部材116の上外周部分174側から下部側に跨がって遊技領域41の右外周に配置される右外周部分(反ヒンジ側外周部分)185と、右外周部分185の下部側から内レール111の下端側に跨がって遊技領域41の下外周に配置される下外周部分186とを一体に備えた合成樹脂等の樹脂製であり、第1外周部材116と同様に遊技盤17に取り付けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the second outer peripheral member 117 straddles the upper outer peripheral portion 174 side to the lower side of the first outer peripheral member 116 on the side opposite to the inner rail 111 with respect to the game area 41. The right outer peripheral portion (anti-hinge side outer peripheral portion) 185 arranged on the right outer periphery of the region 41 and the lower outer periphery of the game area 41 straddling the lower end side of the inner rail 111 from the lower side of the right outer peripheral portion 185. It is made of a resin such as synthetic resin integrally provided with the lower outer peripheral portion 186, and is attached to the game board 17 in the same manner as the first outer peripheral member 116.

この第2外周部材117には、右打ち通路127の外周側に配置される側部レール187が右外周部分185に設けられ、遊技領域41の下側に配置され且つアウト球をアウト口134へと案内するる下部レール188が下外周部分186に設けられている。 In the second outer peripheral member 117, a side rail 187 arranged on the outer peripheral side of the right-handed passage 127 is provided on the right outer peripheral portion 185, is arranged on the lower side of the game area 41, and the out ball is sent to the out port 134. A lower rail 188 is provided on the lower outer peripheral portion 186.

即ち、第2外周部材117の下外周部分186には、図36~図40に示すように、左右両側からアウト口134の前側へと下向きの円弧状又は傾斜状に形成された下部レール188が設けられると共に、遊技盤17のアウト口134の前側で下部レール188から下側へと凹入して形成された案内凹部189と、下部レール188から後方に突出して遊技盤17のアウト口134の内周側に配置され且つ案内凹部189内の遊技球を遊技盤17の裏側へと誘導する横長樋状の誘導通路部190と、下部レール188の上側で誘導通路部190の前端外周に鍔状に形成され且つ遊技盤17のアウト口134の周縁部分を前側から覆う前飾り部191とを一体に備えている。案内凹部189、誘導通路部190には、前後方向の突条194が左右方向に複数設けられている。 That is, as shown in FIGS. 36 to 40, the lower outer peripheral portion 186 of the second outer peripheral member 117 has a lower rail 188 formed in a downward arc shape or an inclined shape from both left and right sides toward the front side of the out port 134. The guide recess 189 is provided and is formed by recessing downward from the lower rail 188 on the front side of the out port 134 of the game board 17, and the out port 134 of the game board 17 protruding rearward from the lower rail 188. A horizontally long gutter-shaped guide passage portion 190 that is arranged on the inner peripheral side and guides the game ball in the guide recess 189 to the back side of the game board 17, and a flange shape on the outer periphery of the front end of the guide passage portion 190 on the upper side of the lower rail 188. The front decorative portion 191 is integrally provided so as to cover the peripheral portion of the out opening 134 of the game board 17 from the front side. A plurality of ridges 194 in the front-rear direction are provided in the guide recess 189 and the guide passage portion 190 in the left-right direction.

下部レール188の上面は、前側が後側よりも遊技領域41の外周側に低くなる前下がり状に傾斜しており、図38、図39、図40に示すように、左右両側からアウト口134の前側に近づくに連れて傾斜角度がα38,α39,α40と大になっている。この下部レール188の上面には、案内凹部189の左右両側で前飾り部191の前側にアウト球の接近阻止部192が設けられ、その接近阻止部192に対して案内凹部189と反対側から接近阻止部192の前側にわたる範囲にアウト球の迂回路193が設けられている。従って、下部レール188上に流下したアウト球は、左右両側から案内凹部189側へと移動するときに、この接近阻止部192により前飾り部191の前面側への接近を阻止されて、迂回路193を経由して案内凹部189へと移動する。 The upper surface of the lower rail 188 is inclined in a front-down shape in which the front side is lower toward the outer peripheral side of the game area 41 than the rear side, and as shown in FIGS. 38, 39, and 40, the out ports 134 are inclined from both the left and right sides. The inclination angle becomes large as α38, α39, and α40 as it approaches the front side of. On the upper surface of the lower rail 188, an out-ball approach blocking portion 192 is provided on the left and right sides of the guide recess 189 on the front side of the front decorative portion 191, and the approach blocking portion 192 is approached from the opposite side to the guide recess 189. An out-ball detour 193 is provided in a range extending to the front side of the blocking portion 192. Therefore, when the out ball flowing down on the lower rail 188 moves from both the left and right sides to the guide recess 189 side, the anti-access portion 192 prevents the out ball from approaching the front side of the front decorative portion 191 and detours. It moves to the guide recess 189 via 193.

なお、下部レール188の接近阻止部192とその周辺の迂回路193は、傾斜角度が連続的に滑らかに変化するように形成してもよいし、接近阻止部192がその周辺の迂回路193から段部を介して突出するように形成してもよい。案内凹部189には、前後方向の突条194が左右方向に複数本設けられている。 The approach blocking portion 192 of the lower rail 188 and the detour 193 around the lower rail 188 may be formed so that the inclination angle continuously and smoothly changes, or the approach blocking portion 192 may be formed from the detour 193 around the same. It may be formed so as to project through a step portion. The guide recess 189 is provided with a plurality of ridges 194 in the front-rear direction in the left-right direction.

遊技領域41を流下中に入賞手段130,132等に入賞しなかった遊技球は、アウト球として下部レール188上に流下し、そのアウト球は流下位置に応じて下部レール188上を図37のX188矢示方向に移動する。そして、下部レール188上のアウト球は、左右両側から中央の案内凹部189へと移動した後、誘導通路部190を経てアウト口134から遊技盤17の裏側へと排出されて行く。 A game ball that does not win a prize in the winning means 130, 132, etc. while flowing down the game area 41 flows down on the lower rail 188 as an out ball, and the out ball flows down on the lower rail 188 according to the flow position in FIG. 37. X188 Moves in the direction indicated by the arrow. Then, the out ball on the lower rail 188 moves from both the left and right sides to the central guide recess 189, and then is discharged from the out port 134 to the back side of the game board 17 through the guide passage portion 190.

案内凹部189の左右両側の下部レール188の傾斜角度はα40と大であって、前飾り部191に近い後部側が一段と高い接近阻止部192となり、この接近阻止部192の前側が低い迂回路193となっている。そのため左右両側から中央の案内凹部189へと移動するアウト球は、接近阻止部192によって前飾り部191の前面側への接近を阻止されることになり、ガラス板76により案内されながら下部レール188の前部側の迂回路193を経由して案内凹部189へと図37のX139矢示方向に移動する。 The inclination angle of the lower rails 188 on both the left and right sides of the guide recess 189 is as large as α40, and the rear side near the front decoration portion 191 becomes a higher approach blocking portion 192, and the front side of this approach blocking portion 192 becomes a low detour 193. It has become. Therefore, the out ball moving from both the left and right sides to the central guide recess 189 is blocked from approaching the front side of the front decorative portion 191 by the anti-access portion 192, and the lower rail 188 is guided by the glass plate 76. It moves to the guide recess 189 via the detour 193 on the front side of the above in the direction indicated by X139 in FIG. 37.

従って、アウト球が前飾り部191の前面に接触しなくなるか、接触する機会が少なくなるため、アウト球との接触による前飾り部191の前面側の擦過痕、汚れ等を防止することができる。 Therefore, since the out ball does not come into contact with the front surface of the front decorative portion 191 or the chance of contact is reduced, it is possible to prevent scratches, stains, etc. on the front surface side of the front decorative portion 191 due to contact with the out ball. ..

なお、下部レール188の上面は左右方向の全体が前下がり状に傾斜しているが、アウト口134の前側から左右両側の一定範囲に、例えば左右の接近阻止部192、迂回路193に跨がるアウト口134周辺部であればよい。 The upper surface of the lower rail 188 is slanted in a downward-sloping manner as a whole in the left-right direction, but straddles a certain range from the front side of the out port 134 to both the left and right sides, for example, the left and right anti-access portions 192 and the detour 193. It may be the peripheral portion of the out port 134.

第1外周部材116の外周壁176は、図23に示すように、遊技領域41の上側に遊技盤17の上縁に沿って左右方向に形成された上縁部176aと、案内通路110に対して遊技領域41と反対側に遊技盤17の側縁に沿って上下方向に形成された側縁部176bとを有する。そして、この側縁部176b側には、図4、図5、図22に示すように、第1外周部材116とガラスユニット43との間から遊技領域41へのピアノ線等の不正部材の挿入を阻止する第2阻止手段196が上下方向に設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 23, the outer peripheral wall 176 of the first outer peripheral member 116 has the upper edge portion 176a formed on the upper side of the game area 41 along the upper edge of the game board 17 in the left-right direction and the guide passage 110. It has a side edge portion 176b formed in the vertical direction along the side edge of the game board 17 on the opposite side of the game area 41. Then, on the side edge portion 176b side, as shown in FIGS. 4, 5, and 22, an illegal member such as a piano wire is inserted from between the first outer peripheral member 116 and the glass unit 43 into the game area 41. A second blocking means 196 for blocking the above is provided in the vertical direction.

この第2阻止手段196は、ゴム等の弾性部材により構成され且つ第1外周部材116の側縁部176bに貼着され第2阻止部材197を備えている。第2阻止部材197は、第1外周部材116の前面壁177から前側に突出して外側へと屈曲する封止部197aを有し、その封止部197aは前扉4を閉じたときにガラスユニット43のガラス板76に接触して弾性変形し、第1外周部材116とガラスユニット43との隙間を封止するようになっている。 The second blocking means 196 is composed of an elastic member such as rubber and is attached to a side edge portion 176b of the first outer peripheral member 116 to include a second blocking member 197. The second blocking member 197 has a sealing portion 197a that protrudes forward from the front wall 177 of the first outer peripheral member 116 and bends outward, and the sealing portion 197a is a glass unit when the front door 4 is closed. It comes into contact with the glass plate 76 of the 43 and elastically deforms to seal the gap between the first outer peripheral member 116 and the glass unit 43.

従って、仮に前枠3と前扉4との間からガラスユニット43の裏側へと不正部材が挿入されるような事態が発生したとしても、この第2阻止部材197により、それ以上の不正部材の進入を阻止することができる。特に第1外周部材116の上下方向の略中央部分では、第1外周部材116の左右幅が狭くなっているが、その外側に第2阻止部材197があるため、第1外周部材116の左右幅の狭い部分を突破して不正部材が遊技領域41内まで挿入されるようなことを防止できる。 Therefore, even if an illegal member is inserted from between the front frame 3 and the front door 4 to the back side of the glass unit 43, the second blocking member 197 allows the illegal member to be further inserted. It can block the entry. In particular, the left-right width of the first outer peripheral member 116 is narrow in the substantially central portion of the first outer peripheral member 116 in the vertical direction, but since the second blocking member 197 is located outside the first outer peripheral member 116, the left-right width of the first outer peripheral member 116 is wide. It is possible to prevent an unauthorized member from being inserted into the game area 41 by breaking through the narrow portion of the.

外レール112は、図4、図22、図23に示すように、第1外周部材116の内周壁175に沿って球受入れ部113の始端側と右打ち通路127の上側近傍との間に円弧状に設けられており、レール長手方向の両端に配置された始端側係止手段200、終端側係止手段201と、この始端側係止手段200、終端側係止手段201間に配置された複数の幅方向位置決め手段202とを介して第1外周部材116の内周壁175に沿って着脱自在に装着されている。 As shown in FIGS. 4, 22, and 23, the outer rail 112 is a circle between the start end side of the ball receiving portion 113 and the upper vicinity of the right-handed passage 127 along the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116. It is provided in an arc shape and is arranged between the start end side locking means 200 and the termination side locking means 201 arranged at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the rail and the start end side locking means 200 and the termination side locking means 201. It is detachably attached along the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 via a plurality of widthwise positioning means 202.

始端側係止手段200は外レール112の始端側を第1外周部材116に係脱可能に係止するためのもので、図23、図27、図41に示すように、外レール112の始端側に設けられた始端側当接部203及び始端側係止部204と、第1外周部材116の内周壁175に設けられた始端側挿入口205、始端側被当接部206及び始端側被係止部207とを有する。始端側当接部203は外レール112の始端側に屈曲形成されており、この始端側当接部203の先端側が始端側係止部204となっている。始端側挿入口205は外レール112の始端側が挿脱自在であり、外レール112の始端側当接部203が始端側挿入口205内でレール長手方向に始端側被当接部206に当接され、また始端側係止部204が内周壁175の始端側被係止部207に内側から係止されている。 The start end side locking means 200 is for engaging and detachably locking the start end side of the outer rail 112 to the first outer peripheral member 116, and as shown in FIGS. 23, 27, and 41, the start end side of the outer rail 112 is engaged. The start end side contact portion 203 and the start end side locking portion 204 provided on the side, the start end side insertion port 205 provided on the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116, the start end side contact portion 206, and the start end side cover. It has a locking portion 207. The start end side contact portion 203 is bent and formed on the start end side of the outer rail 112, and the tip end side of the start end side contact portion 203 is the start end side locking portion 204. The start end side of the start end side insertion port 205 is removable on the start end side of the outer rail 112, and the start end side contact portion 203 of the outer rail 112 abuts on the start end side contact portion 206 in the start end side insertion port 205 in the longitudinal direction of the rail. Further, the starting end side locking portion 204 is locked to the starting end side locked portion 207 of the inner peripheral wall 175 from the inside.

終端側係止手段201は外レール112の終端側を第1外周部材116に係脱可能に係止するためのもので、図23、図41に示すように、外レール112側の終端に形成された終端側当接部209と、第1外周部材116内に形成され且つ外レール112の終端側を収容する終端側収容部210と、終端側収容部210の奥側に形成され且つ外レール112の終端側当接部209がレール長手方向に当接する終端側被当接部211とを有する。 The end side locking means 201 is for engaging and detachably locking the end side of the outer rail 112 with the first outer peripheral member 116, and is formed at the end of the outer rail 112 side as shown in FIGS. 23 and 41. The end side contact portion 209, the end side accommodating portion 210 formed in the first outer peripheral member 116 and accommodating the end side of the outer rail 112, and the end side accommodating portion 210 formed in the back side of the end side accommodating portion 210 and the outer rail. The end-side contact portion 209 of the 112 has a end-side contact portion 211 that abuts in the longitudinal direction of the rail.

外レール112の終端側当接部209の近傍には、図23、図41に示すように、この終端側当接部209よりも始端側当接部203側に弾性変形部212が設けられている。弾性変形部212は外レール112の一部を内外方向の少なくとも一方へと突出してU字状、Ω状等の湾曲状に湾曲形成されたものであって、この弾性変形部212の外レール112の長手方向への弾性変形により、外レール112の始端側当接部203と終端側当接部209との間の長さが第1外周部材116の始端側被当接部206と終端側被当接部211との間隔に一致するように長さ調整可能である。 As shown in FIGS. 23 and 41, an elastic deformation portion 212 is provided on the starting end side contact portion 203 side of the terminal side contact portion 209 in the vicinity of the terminal side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112. There is. The elastically deformed portion 212 is formed by projecting a part of the outer rail 112 in at least one of the inner and outer directions and forming a curved shape such as a U shape or an Ω shape, and the outer rail 112 of the elastically deformed portion 212 is formed. Due to the elastic deformation in the longitudinal direction of the outer rail 112, the length between the start end side contact portion 203 and the end side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 is the start end side contact portion 206 and the end side cover of the first outer peripheral member 116. The length can be adjusted so as to match the distance from the contact portion 211.

そのため外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周に沿って装着する場合には、外レール112の終端部分に弾性変形部212を備えておき、この弾性変形部212をレール長手方向に拡大し又は縮小すべく弾性変形させることによって、第1外周部材116の始端側被当接部206と終端側被当接部211との間隔に一致するように、外レール112の始端側当接部203と終端側当接部209との間の長さを調整することができる。 Therefore, when the outer rail 112 is mounted along the inner circumference of the first outer peripheral member 116, an elastic deformation portion 212 is provided at the end portion of the outer rail 112, and the elastic deformation portion 212 is expanded in the rail longitudinal direction. Alternatively, by elastically deforming the first outer peripheral member 116, the start end side contact portion 203 of the outer rail 112 is matched with the distance between the start end side contact portion 206 and the end end side contact portion 211 of the first outer peripheral member 116. The length between the end side contact portion 209 and the end side contact portion 209 can be adjusted.

例えば、外レール112の始端側当接部203と終端側当接部209との間隔が第1外周部材116の始端側被当接部206と終端側被当接部211との間隔よりも大であれば、弾性変形部212の開放端間の間隔がレール長手方向に狭くなるように、また逆に外レール112の始端側当接部203と終端側当接部209との間隔が第1外周部材116の始端側被当接部206と終端側被当接部211との間隔よりも小であれば、弾性変形部212の開放端間の間隔がレール長手方向に広がるように、夫々弾性変形部212をレール長手方向に弾性変形させればよい。 For example, the distance between the start end side contact portion 203 and the end side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 is larger than the distance between the start end side contact portion 206 and the end side contact portion 211 of the first outer peripheral member 116. If so, the distance between the open ends of the elastically deformed portion 212 is narrowed in the longitudinal direction of the rail, and conversely, the distance between the start end side contact portion 203 and the end side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 is first. If it is smaller than the distance between the start end side contact portion 206 and the end side contact portion 211 of the outer peripheral member 116, the elastic deformation portion 212 is elastic so that the distance between the open ends is widened in the longitudinal direction of the rail. The deformed portion 212 may be elastically deformed in the longitudinal direction of the rail.

従って、外レール112の始端側当接部203と終端側当接部209との間隔、第1外周部材116の始端側被当接部206と終端側被当接部211との間隔等に多少のバラツキがあっても、そのバラツキに関係することなく外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周に沿って容易且つ確実に取り付けることができる。 Therefore, the distance between the start end side contact portion 203 and the end side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112, the distance between the start end side contact portion 206 and the end side contact portion 211 of the first outer peripheral member 116, etc. Even if there is a variation, the outer rail 112 can be easily and surely attached along the inner circumference of the first outer peripheral member 116 regardless of the variation.

第1外周部材116の終端側には、外周壁176と、緩衝部材214の内周側に連続状に配置された球案内壁215と、その両者間に配置された中間壁216とが設けられており、その外周壁176と中間壁216との間に、外レール112の弾性変形部212を含む終端側を収容する終端側収容部210が設けられている。終端側被当接部211は外周壁176と中間壁216とを連結して設けられ、またこの終端側被当接部211には、外レール112の終端側当接部209の移動を規制する突起部217が設けられている。 On the terminal side of the first outer peripheral member 116, an outer peripheral wall 176, a ball guide wall 215 continuously arranged on the inner peripheral side of the cushioning member 214, and an intermediate wall 216 arranged between the two are provided. An end side accommodating portion 210 for accommodating the end side including the elastically deformed portion 212 of the outer rail 112 is provided between the outer peripheral wall 176 and the intermediate wall 216. The terminal contact portion 211 is provided by connecting the outer peripheral wall 176 and the intermediate wall 216, and the terminal contact portion 211 restricts the movement of the terminal contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112. A protrusion 217 is provided.

第1外周部材116の終端側収容部210内には、弾性変形部212の近傍で外レール112の内外方向の位置を規制する規制手段218が設けられている。この規制手段218は終端側当接部209と弾性変形部212との間に配置されており、終端側当接部209よりも弾性変形部212に近い側に配置された外側規制部219と、終端側当接部209と外側規制部219との間に配置された内側規制部220とを備えている。 In the terminal side accommodating portion 210 of the first outer peripheral member 116, a regulating means 218 for regulating the position of the outer rail 112 in the inner and outer directions is provided in the vicinity of the elastically deformed portion 212. The restricting means 218 is arranged between the end-side contact portion 209 and the elastically deformed portion 212, and has an outer restricting portion 219 arranged closer to the elastic deformation portion 212 than the end-side contact portion 209. It includes an inner restricting portion 220 arranged between the end side contact portion 209 and the outer restricting portion 219.

外側規制部219は外周壁176から中間壁216側に、内側規制部220は中間壁216から外周壁176側に夫々突出しており、その外側規制部219の突出高さは弾性変形部212の外側への屈曲量よりも大になっている。外側規制部219、内側規制部220は、その終端部分が緩衝部材214の近傍の外レール112の延長線上に位置するように、外レール112の終端部分の内外方向の両側に当接している。 The outer regulating portion 219 protrudes from the outer peripheral wall 176 to the intermediate wall 216 side, and the inner regulating portion 220 protrudes from the intermediate wall 216 to the outer peripheral wall 176 side, respectively, and the protruding height of the outer regulating portion 219 is the outside of the elastic deformation portion 212. It is larger than the amount of bending to. The outer restricting portion 219 and the inner regulating portion 220 are in contact with both inner and outer sides of the end portion of the outer rail 112 so that the end portions thereof are located on the extension line of the outer rail 112 in the vicinity of the cushioning member 214.

なお、終端側収容部210は第1外周部材116の前面壁177の裏側に設けられており、この終端側収容部210内に弾性変形部212、規制手段218等が設けられている。外側規制部219、内側規制部220は、少なくとも一方が外レール112に当接すればよい。 The end side accommodating portion 210 is provided on the back side of the front wall 177 of the first outer peripheral member 116, and the elastic deformation portion 212, the regulating means 218, and the like are provided in the end side accommodating portion 210. At least one of the outer restricting portion 219 and the inner regulating portion 220 may abut on the outer rail 112.

このように外レール112の弾性変形部212の近傍に規制手段218を設けて、この規制手段218により外レール112の内外方向の位置を規制することにより、弾性変形部212を含む外レール112の終端部分を所定位置に安定的に位置させることができるので、外レール112の終端側に弾性変形部212があるにも拘わらず、その外レール112を第1外周部材116に沿って所定位置に配置することができる。 In this way, the regulating means 218 is provided in the vicinity of the elastically deformed portion 212 of the outer rail 112, and the position of the outer rail 112 in the inner and outer directions is regulated by the regulating means 218, whereby the outer rail 112 including the elastically deformed portion 212 Since the end portion can be stably positioned at a predetermined position, the outer rail 112 is placed at a predetermined position along the first outer peripheral member 116 even though the elastic deformation portion 212 is located on the end side of the outer rail 112. Can be placed.

また規制手段218は終端側当接部209と弾性変形部212との間に配置することにより、外レール112の弾性変形部212と終端側当接部209との中間部分が安定するため、その外レール112の終端部分の弾性変形部212に対する向きが悪い場合に、弾性変形部212の弾性力が外レール112の浮き上がり方向に作用する等の問題がなく、外レール112を第1外周部材116に沿って所定位置に配置することができる。 Further, by arranging the regulating means 218 between the end-side contact portion 209 and the elastically deformed portion 212, the intermediate portion between the elastically deformed portion 212 and the end-side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 is stabilized. When the end portion of the outer rail 112 is not oriented toward the elastically deformed portion 212, there is no problem that the elastic force of the elastically deformed portion 212 acts in the rising direction of the outer rail 112, and the outer rail 112 is used as the first outer peripheral member 116. It can be placed in a predetermined position along the line.

特に規制手段218の外側規制部219を終端側当接部209よりも弾性変形部212に近い側に配置し、内側規制部220を終端側当接部209と外側規制部219との間に配置することにより、外レール112の弾性変形部212を含む終端部分の位置を最適位置に保つことができる。 In particular, the outer restricting portion 219 of the regulating means 218 is arranged closer to the elastic deformation portion 212 than the end side contact portion 209, and the inner regulating portion 220 is arranged between the end side contact portion 209 and the outer regulating portion 219. By doing so, the position of the end portion of the outer rail 112 including the elastically deformed portion 212 can be kept at the optimum position.

また外レール112の弾性変形部212、規制手段218は、第1外周部材116の前面壁177の裏側に形成された終端側保持部213内に配置されているため、第1外周部材116の前側に弾性変形部212、規制手段218が露出することがなく、第1外周部材116の周辺をスッキリと仕上げることができる。 Further, since the elastically deformed portion 212 and the regulating means 218 of the outer rail 112 are arranged in the terminal holding portion 213 formed on the back side of the front wall 177 of the first outer peripheral member 116, the front side of the first outer peripheral member 116. The elastically deformed portion 212 and the regulating means 218 are not exposed, and the periphery of the first outer peripheral member 116 can be finished neatly.

幅方向位置決め手段202は、外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に対してレール幅方向に位置決めするためのものであって、図22に示すように、始端側係止手段200と終端側係止手段201との間の外レール112の中間部分にレール長手方向に所定間隔を置いて複数設けられている。 The width direction positioning means 202 is for positioning the outer rail 112 with respect to the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 in the rail width direction, and is the starting end side locking means 200 as shown in FIG. 22. A plurality of rails are provided in the middle portion of the outer rail 112 between the terminal locking means 201 and the rail at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction of the rail.

この各幅方向位置決め手段202は、図27、図30、図31に示すように、外レール112に形成されたレール長手方向に長い長孔状の位置決め孔223と、第1外周部材116の内周壁175に突出形成され且つ位置決め孔223に係合する位置決め突起224とを備えており、また遊技盤17の前面と外レール112の後端縁とが直接接触しないように、遊技盤17の前面と外レール112の後端縁との間に所定の間隙s112(図31参照)を置いて、外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に対してレール幅方向に位置決めしている。なお、各幅方向位置決め手段202は、外レール112により案内される遊技球と干渉しないように、遊技盤17の前面から遊技球の半径以内の範囲内に配置されている。 As shown in FIGS. 27, 30, and 31, each of the widthwise positioning means 202 includes a long hole-shaped positioning hole 223 formed in the outer rail 112 in the longitudinal direction of the rail, and the inside of the first outer peripheral member 116. It is provided with a positioning protrusion 224 that is projected from the peripheral wall 175 and engages with the positioning hole 223, and the front surface of the game board 17 is provided so that the front surface of the game board 17 and the rear end edge of the outer rail 112 do not come into direct contact with each other. A predetermined gap s112 (see FIG. 31) is placed between the outer rail 112 and the rear end edge of the outer rail 112, and the outer rail 112 is positioned in the rail width direction with respect to the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116. The widthwise positioning means 202 is arranged within a range within the radius of the game ball from the front surface of the game board 17 so as not to interfere with the game ball guided by the outer rail 112.

位置決め突起224は、位置決め孔223のレール長手方向の略中央に位置しており、位置決め孔223と位置決め突起224との間には、レール長手方向の相対移動を許容するように、位置決め突起224の両側にレール長手方向に所定の隙間s202(図31参照)が設けられている。 The positioning protrusion 224 is located substantially in the center of the positioning hole 223 in the longitudinal direction of the rail, and the positioning projection 224 allows relative movement in the longitudinal direction of the rail between the positioning protrusion 223 and the positioning projection 224. A predetermined gap s202 (see FIG. 31) is provided on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the rail.

第1外周部材116の内周壁175の前端には、外レール112を前側から覆う覆い部222が設けられている。この覆い部222は、外レール112の板厚と同程度か、若干厚いか又は薄い程度のリブ状であって、外レール112の前端縁が露出しないようにレール長手方向の全長又はその一部に設けられている。 At the front end of the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116, a covering portion 222 that covers the outer rail 112 from the front side is provided. The covering portion 222 has a rib shape of the same thickness as, slightly thicker or thinner than the plate thickness of the outer rail 112, and has a total length or a part thereof in the longitudinal direction of the rail so that the front end edge of the outer rail 112 is not exposed. It is provided in.

このように第1外周部材116に覆い部222を一体に設けることにより、その樹脂製の覆い部222によって外レール112の前端縁を被覆できるため、仮に前扉4の裏側から突出する何等かの突出部材があっても、前扉4を閉じた際に、その突出部材が金属製の外レール112の前端縁に直接衝突して損傷するようなことを防止できる利点がある。 By integrally providing the covering portion 222 on the first outer peripheral member 116 in this way, the front end edge of the outer rail 112 can be covered by the resin covering portion 222, so that something that protrudes from the back side of the front door 4 is assumed. Even if there is a protruding member, there is an advantage that when the front door 4 is closed, the protruding member can be prevented from directly colliding with the front end edge of the metal outer rail 112 and being damaged.

また遊技盤17の組み立て工程において、外レール112を遊技盤17に装着した後に、何等かの部材が外レール112側へと前側から接近するような事態が発生した場合にも、樹脂製の覆い部222によって、その部材の外レール112への衝突を防止できる利点がある。 Further, in the assembling process of the game board 17, even if a situation occurs in which some member approaches the outer rail 112 side from the front side after mounting the outer rail 112 on the game board 17, the resin cover is also used. The portion 222 has an advantage that the member can be prevented from colliding with the outer rail 112.

外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に沿って装着する場合には、先ず外レール112の始端側を始端側挿入口205に挿入し、始端側当接部203を始端側被当接部206に当接させて、外レール112の始端側を始端側係止手段200により第1外周部材116の始端側に係止する。次に始端側係止手段200を支点として、外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に沿って円弧状に湾曲させる一方、外レール112の終端側の弾性変形部212をレール長手方向に収縮させながら、その終端側当接部209、弾性変形部212を含む外レール112の終端側部分を終端側収容部210内に挿入して、外レール112の終端側を終端側係止手段201により第1外周部材116の終端側に係止する。 When the outer rail 112 is mounted along the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116, first, the start end side of the outer rail 112 is inserted into the start end side insertion port 205, and the start end side contact portion 203 is hit on the start end side. The start end side of the outer rail 112 is locked to the start end side of the first outer peripheral member 116 by the start end side locking means 200 in contact with the contact portion 206. Next, the outer rail 112 is curved in an arc shape along the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 with the starting end side locking means 200 as a fulcrum, while the elastically deformed portion 212 on the terminal side of the outer rail 112 is formed in the rail longitudinal direction. The terminal portion of the outer rail 112 including the terminal contact portion 209 and the elastically deformed portion 212 is inserted into the terminal accommodating portion 210, and the terminal side of the outer rail 112 is locked to the terminal side locking means. It is locked to the terminal side of the first outer peripheral member 116 by 201.

終端側係止手段201においては、外レール112の終端側当接部209と弾性変形部212との間の終端側部分を規制手段218の外側規制部219と内側規制部220との間に嵌め込み、弾性変形部212等を含む外レール112のレール長手方向の弾性力により終端側当接部209に当接させる。また外レール112が第1外周部材116の内周壁175に沿って円弧状に湾曲した状態において、各幅方向位置決め手段202により外レール112の中間側を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に対してレール幅方向に位置決めする。 In the end side locking means 201, the end side portion between the end side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 and the elastically deformed portion 212 is fitted between the outer regulation portion 219 and the inner regulation portion 220 of the regulation means 218. , The outer rail 112 including the elastically deformed portion 212 and the like is brought into contact with the end side contact portion 209 by the elastic force in the rail longitudinal direction. Further, in a state where the outer rail 112 is curved in an arc shape along the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116, the intermediate side of the outer rail 112 is set with respect to the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 by each width direction positioning means 202. Position in the rail width direction.

このようにして始端側係止手段200、終端側係止手段201及び幅方向位置決め手段202を介して、外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周側に装着すれば、外レール112の第1外周部材116に対する装着を容易且つ確実に行うことができる。この場合、外レール112には、レール長手方向に弾性変形可能な弾性変形部212を設けておけば、外レール112、第1外周部材116のレール長手方向の寸法等に多少のバラツキがあっても、そのバラツキを容易に吸収できるため、外レール112の装着作業が容易であると共に、外レール112の装着精度の向上を図ることができる。 In this way, if the outer rail 112 is attached to the inner peripheral side of the first outer peripheral member 116 via the start end side locking means 200, the ending side locking means 201, and the widthwise positioning means 202, the outer rail 112 becomes the first. 1 It can be easily and surely attached to the outer peripheral member 116. In this case, if the outer rail 112 is provided with an elastically deformable portion 212 that can be elastically deformed in the longitudinal direction of the rail, the dimensions of the outer rail 112 and the first outer peripheral member 116 in the longitudinal direction of the rail may vary slightly. However, since the variation can be easily absorbed, the mounting work of the outer rail 112 can be easily performed, and the mounting accuracy of the outer rail 112 can be improved.

また幅方向位置決め手段202は、外レール112側の長孔状の位置決め孔223と、これに挿入される第1外周部材116の内周壁175側の位置決め突起224との間にレール長手方向の隙間s202があるため、外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に沿って円弧状に湾曲させながら、その位置決め孔223に位置決め突起224を嵌め込んで行くことができる。 Further, the width direction positioning means 202 has a gap in the rail longitudinal direction between the elongated positioning hole 223 on the outer rail 112 side and the positioning protrusion 224 on the inner peripheral wall 175 side of the first outer peripheral member 116 inserted therein. Since there is s202, the positioning protrusion 224 can be fitted into the positioning hole 223 while the outer rail 112 is curved in an arc shape along the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116.

従って、幅方向位置決め手段202の位置決め孔223と位置決め突起224との間にレール幅方向に大きな遊びを設ける必要もなく、幅方向位置決め手段202により外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に対して確実に位置決めすることができる。 Therefore, it is not necessary to provide a large play in the rail width direction between the positioning hole 223 of the width direction positioning means 202 and the positioning protrusion 224, and the width direction positioning means 202 makes the outer rail 112 the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116. Can be reliably positioned with respect to.

第1外周部材116には、図22、図23、図27、図41に示すように、外レール112のレール長手方向の少なくとも一部に対応して始端側衝撃吸収部225、終端側衝撃吸収部226等の衝撃吸収部225,226が設けられている。この衝撃吸収部225,226は、外レール112自体が遊技領域41の内外方向に弾性変形して遊技球の衝撃を直接的又は間接的に吸収するものである。 As shown in FIGS. 22, 23, 27, and 41, the first outer peripheral member 116 has a start end side impact absorbing portion 225 and an end side impact absorbing portion corresponding to at least a part of the outer rail 112 in the rail longitudinal direction. Shock absorbing portions 225 and 226 such as the portions 226 are provided. The impact absorbing portions 225 and 226 elastically deform the outer rail 112 itself in the inward and outward directions of the game region 41 to directly or indirectly absorb the impact of the game ball.

始端側衝撃吸収部225は、発射手段18から発射された遊技球が案内通路110の球受入れ部113に入って外レール112に衝突する始端側領域S225に設けられており、遊技球の衝撃を外レール112により直接吸収し緩和するようになっている。 The start end side impact absorbing unit 225 is provided in the start end side region S225 where the game ball launched from the launching means 18 enters the ball receiving portion 113 of the guide passage 110 and collides with the outer rail 112, and impacts the game ball. It is designed to be directly absorbed and relaxed by the outer rail 112.

また終端側衝撃吸収部226は、外レール112に沿って案内される遊技球が緩衝部材214に衝突する終端側領域S226に設けられており、遊技球が緩衝部材214に衝突したときの衝撃を緩衝部材214を介して外レール112により間接的に吸収し緩和するようになっている。 Further, the terminal side impact absorbing unit 226 is provided in the terminal side region S226 where the game ball guided along the outer rail 112 collides with the cushioning member 214, and receives an impact when the game ball collides with the cushioning member 214. It is designed to be indirectly absorbed and relaxed by the outer rail 112 via the cushioning member 214.

始端側衝撃吸収部225では、図27に示すように、第1外周部材116の内周壁175に外側へと凹入する凹部227が形成され、その凹部227内にレール長手方向に所定間隔を置いて複数の突起部228がレール幅方向に設けられ、その突起部228が外レール112の外側面に当接されている。そのため始端側衝撃吸収部225の外レール112は、突起部228によって外側から間欠的に支持されるのみであって、外レール112の外側は凹部227により開放状になっている。 As shown in FIG. 27, in the start end side impact absorbing portion 225, recesses 227 that are recessed outward are formed in the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116, and predetermined intervals are arranged in the recesses 227 in the longitudinal direction of the rail. A plurality of protrusions 228 are provided in the rail width direction, and the protrusions 228 are in contact with the outer surface of the outer rail 112. Therefore, the outer rail 112 of the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 is only intermittently supported from the outside by the protrusion 228, and the outside of the outer rail 112 is open by the recess 227.

また始端側衝撃吸収部225のレール長手方向の両側には、レール長手方向に遊び(=s202)を有する幅方向位置決め手段202が設けられており、その幅方向位置決め手段202では、外レール112が第1外周部材116の内周壁175に対してレール長手方向に相対移動可能である。なお、始端側衝撃吸収部225の両側の幅方向位置決め手段202によって、第1外周部材116と外レール112とのレール長手方向の相対移動を許容する相対移動許容手段が構成されている。 Further, on both sides of the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 in the longitudinal direction of the rail, widthwise positioning means 202 having play (= s202) in the longitudinal direction of the rail are provided, and in the widthwise positioning means 202, the outer rail 112 is provided. It is movable relative to the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 in the longitudinal direction of the rail. The widthwise positioning means 202 on both sides of the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 constitute a relative movement permitting means that allows relative movement of the first outer peripheral member 116 and the outer rail 112 in the rail longitudinal direction.

このような構成の始端側衝撃吸収部225を設けておけば、発射手段18から発射された遊技球が案内通路110の球受入れ部113から入って外レール112に衝突したときの衝撃を吸収し緩和することができる。即ち、発射手段18から発射された遊技球は、案内通路110の球受入れ部113から入って外レール112の始端側衝撃吸収部225に対して図27のX225矢示方向に衝突する。始端側衝撃吸収部225では、外レール112の外側が開放状であるため、その遊技球の衝突は外レール112自体に加わる。 If the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 having such a configuration is provided, the impact when the game ball launched from the launching means 18 enters from the ball receiving portion 113 of the guide passage 110 and collides with the outer rail 112 is absorbed. Can be relaxed. That is, the game ball launched from the launching means 18 enters from the ball receiving portion 113 of the guide passage 110 and collides with the impact absorbing portion 225 on the starting end side of the outer rail 112 in the direction indicated by the arrow 225 in FIG. 27. Since the outside of the outer rail 112 of the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 is open, the collision of the game ball is applied to the outer rail 112 itself.

一方、始端側衝撃吸収部225の両側の幅方向位置決め手段202は、外レール112と第1外周部材116の内周壁175との相対移動を許容するため、始端側衝撃吸収部225の外レール112はそれ自体の弾性に抗しながら外側へと弾性変形することになる。遊技球が通過した後は、始端側衝撃吸収部225の外レール112はそれ自体の弾性力によって元の位置まで戻り、次の遊技球の衝突に備える。 On the other hand, the widthwise positioning means 202 on both sides of the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 allows the relative movement between the outer rail 112 and the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116, so that the outer rail 112 of the starting end side impact absorbing portion 225 Will elastically deform outward while resisting its own elasticity. After the game ball has passed, the outer rail 112 of the impact absorbing portion 225 on the starting end side returns to its original position by its own elastic force to prepare for the next collision of the game ball.

従って、始端側衝撃吸収部225では、遊技球が外レール112に衝突する都度、その衝撃力に応じて外レール112自体の弾性力に抗しながら外レール112が外側へと弾性変形するので、この外レール112の弾性変形により遊技球の衝撃を吸収し緩和することができる。 Therefore, in the impact absorbing portion 225 on the starting end side, each time the game ball collides with the outer rail 112, the outer rail 112 elastically deforms outward while resisting the elastic force of the outer rail 112 itself according to the impact force. The elastic deformation of the outer rail 112 can absorb and alleviate the impact of the game ball.

また始端側衝撃吸収部225では、外レール112は遊技球の衝撃を受けて板厚方向に移動又は振動するが、幅方向位置決め手段202が第1外周部材116の内周壁175に対して外レール112を位置決めして、遊技盤17の前面と外レール112の後端縁との間に所定の隙間s112を確保しているので、外レール112が遊技盤17の前面に近接状態で内外方向に移動するにも拘わらず、その外レール112が遊技盤17の前面を削る等の擦過痕の発生を防止することができる。 Further, in the start end side impact absorbing portion 225, the outer rail 112 moves or vibrates in the plate thickness direction in response to the impact of the game ball, but the width direction positioning means 202 is the outer rail with respect to the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116. Since the 112 is positioned to secure a predetermined gap s112 between the front surface of the game board 17 and the rear end edge of the outer rail 112, the outer rail 112 is close to the front surface of the game board 17 in the inward and outward directions. Despite the movement, the outer rail 112 can prevent the occurrence of scratch marks such as scraping the front surface of the game board 17.

更に始端側衝撃吸収部225の凹部227の中間には、所定間隔をおいて突起部228があり、この突起部228により外レール112を外側から支持しているため、始端側衝撃吸収部225のレール長手方向の長さを十分に確保しながらも、遊技球が衝突した際に外レール112が板厚方向に不安定に振動するようなこともなく、遊技球をスムーズに上側へと案内することができる。 Further, there are protrusions 228 at predetermined intervals in the middle of the recesses 227 of the start end side impact absorption portion 225, and since the outer rail 112 is supported from the outside by these protrusions 228, the start end side shock absorption portion 225 While ensuring a sufficient length in the longitudinal direction of the rail, the outer rail 112 does not vibrate unstablely in the plate thickness direction when the game ball collides, and guides the game ball smoothly upward. be able to.

なお、始端側衝撃吸収部225の凹部227間の突起部228は、始端側衝撃吸収部225のレール長手方向の長さに応じて、その長さが短ければ1つでもよいし、長ければ複数でもよい。始端側衝撃吸収部225が短い場合には、突起部228はなくてもよい。また始端側衝撃吸収部225の凹部227の外レール112からの深さは、外レール112に対する遊技球の衝撃の大きい箇所では大きくし、外レール112に対する遊技球の衝撃の小さい箇所では小さくしてもよい。 The number of protrusions 228 between the recesses 227 of the start end side impact absorption portion 225 may be one if the length is short, or a plurality if the length is long, depending on the length of the start end side impact absorption portion 225 in the rail longitudinal direction. But it may be. If the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 is short, the protrusion 228 may be omitted. Further, the depth of the recess 227 of the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 from the outer rail 112 is increased at a place where the impact of the game ball on the outer rail 112 is large, and is reduced at a place where the impact of the game ball on the outer rail 112 is small. May be good.

更に幅方向位置決め手段202は、始端側衝撃吸収部225のレール長手方向の両側に設けてもよいが、レール長手方向の少なくとも一方にあれば十分である。また始端側衝撃吸収部225をレール長手方向に長く構成する等によって、始端側衝撃吸収部225内において、外レール112が局部的に板厚方向に弾性変形可能な場合には、始端側衝撃吸収部225の両側で外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に対して相対移動可能にする必要はない。 Further, the width direction positioning means 202 may be provided on both sides of the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 in the rail longitudinal direction, but it is sufficient if they are provided on at least one of the rail longitudinal directions. If the outer rail 112 can be locally elastically deformed in the plate thickness direction in the start end side impact absorption unit 225 by making the start end side impact absorption unit 225 longer in the rail longitudinal direction, etc., the start end side impact absorption unit 225 can be elastically deformed. It is not necessary to make the outer rail 112 movable relative to the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 on both sides of the portion 225.

終端側衝撃吸収部226は、図23、図41に示すように、緩衝部材214の外側から終端側収容部210内の外レール112の終端側領域S226に跨がって設けられている。第1外周部材116の内周壁175の終端側には、緩衝部材214の上手側近傍から緩衝部材214の外側に対応する部分に、円弧状の外レール112から外側に離間する離間部229が設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 23 and 41, the end-side impact absorbing portion 226 is provided so as to straddle the end-side region S226 of the outer rail 112 in the end-side accommodating portion 210 from the outside of the cushioning member 214. On the terminal side of the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116, a separating portion 229 is provided at a portion corresponding to the outside of the cushioning member 214 from the vicinity of the upper side of the cushioning member 214 so as to be separated outward from the arcuate outer rail 112. Has been done.

緩衝部材214と最終端側の規制手段218との間は、外レール112が内周壁175から離間する離間部229となっており、その離間部229により外レール112の外側が開放状態になっている。従って、終端側衝撃吸収部226は、その離間部229によって構成されている。 Between the cushioning member 214 and the regulating means 218 on the final end side, the outer rail 112 is a separation portion 229 that separates from the inner peripheral wall 175, and the separation portion 229 opens the outside of the outer rail 112. There is. Therefore, the end-side impact absorbing portion 226 is configured by the separating portion 229.

なお、離間部229は、緩衝部材214から始端側へと離れるに従って、内周壁175と外レール112との間隔が徐々に小さくなっている。しかし、離間部229は、段階的に変化するようにしてもよいし、1個の凹部で構成してもよい。 The distance between the inner peripheral wall 175 and the outer rail 112 of the separating portion 229 gradually decreases as the distance from the cushioning member 214 toward the starting end side increases. However, the separation portion 229 may be changed stepwise or may be composed of one recess.

このように終端側領域S226に終端側衝撃吸収部226を設けておけば、遊技球が緩衝部材214に衝突した際に、その緩衝部材214を介して加わる衝撃により、外レール112が外側へと板厚方向に弾性変形して、その衝撃を吸収し緩和することができる。 If the terminal side impact absorbing portion 226 is provided in the terminal side region S226 in this way, when the game ball collides with the cushioning member 214, the outer rail 112 moves outward due to the impact applied via the cushioning member 214. It can be elastically deformed in the plate thickness direction to absorb and alleviate the impact.

緩衝部材214は、図23、図41、図42に示すように、ゴム等の弾性材料により構成された中実材であって、外レール112の終端部側の下側で第1外周部材116の終端側収容部210の上手側近傍に配置され、第1外周部材116に一体に形成された取り付け台231の裏側に着脱自在に取り付けられており、遊技球の衝突時の衝撃を弾性変形により緩和する一方、その遊技球の衝突時の衝撃力を外レール112に伝えて外レール112の弾性変形により吸収し緩和するようになっている。 As shown in FIGS. 23, 41, and 42, the cushioning member 214 is a solid material made of an elastic material such as rubber, and is a first outer peripheral member 116 on the lower side of the end portion side of the outer rail 112. It is arranged near the upper side of the terminal side accommodating portion 210, and is detachably attached to the back side of the mounting base 231 integrally formed with the first outer peripheral member 116, and the impact at the time of collision of the game ball is elastically deformed. On the other hand, the impact force at the time of collision of the game ball is transmitted to the outer rail 112 and absorbed by the elastic deformation of the outer rail 112 to be relaxed.

この緩衝部材214は、本体部234と、この本体部234の上手側から外レール112側へと突出して外レール112に近接又は当接する突出部235と、最上手側に突出部235から本体部234に跨がって傾斜状に形成された球衝突部236とを有する。球衝突部236は外レール112から離れるに従って下手側となるように外レール112に対して所定角度で傾斜する傾斜面となっており、遊技球の慣性力の大小に応じてその何れかの部分に衝突するようになっている。 The cushioning member 214 has a main body portion 234, a protruding portion 235 projecting from the upper side of the main body portion 234 toward the outer rail 112 side and approaching or abutting on the outer rail 112, and a main body portion from the protruding portion 235 on the uppermost side. It has a ball collision portion 236 formed in an inclined shape straddling 234. The ball collision portion 236 is an inclined surface that inclines at a predetermined angle with respect to the outer rail 112 so as to be on the lower side as the distance from the outer rail 112 increases. It is designed to collide with.

取り付け台231は、緩衝部材214の本体部234を球衝突方向の下手側(レール長手方向の終端側)から受ける受け部237と、緩衝部材214を前側から覆う前覆い部238と、この前覆い部238から遊技盤17側へと緩衝部材214に挿通して緩衝部材214を保持する保持突起239とを備えている。 The mounting base 231 has a receiving portion 237 that receives the main body portion 234 of the cushioning member 214 from the lower side (the end side in the rail longitudinal direction) in the ball collision direction, a front covering portion 238 that covers the cushioning member 214 from the front side, and the front covering portion 238. It is provided with a holding protrusion 239 that is inserted into the cushioning member 214 from the portion 238 to the game board 17 side to hold the cushioning member 214.

受け部237は中間壁216と、球案内壁215と、この両者を球衝突方向と略直角に連結する連結壁233とによりコ字状に構成され、この受け部237内に緩衝部材214の本体部234の下手側が遊技盤17側から嵌め込まれている。保持突起239は外レール112から遊技球の略半径分又はそれ以上離れた位置で受け部237の開放端側の略中央に配置され、緩衝部材214に形成された通孔240に挿通されている。 The receiving portion 237 is formed in a U shape by an intermediate wall 216, a ball guide wall 215, and a connecting wall 233 connecting the two at a substantially right angle to the ball collision direction, and the main body of the cushioning member 214 is contained in the receiving portion 237. The lower side of the portion 234 is fitted from the game board 17 side. The holding protrusion 239 is arranged substantially in the center of the receiving portion 237 on the open end side at a position substantially radius of the game ball or more from the outer rail 112, and is inserted into the through hole 240 formed in the cushioning member 214. ..

取り付け台231は遊技盤17側が開放状であり、この取り付け台231に取り付けられた緩衝部材214は、遊技盤17の前面に当接している。従って、緩衝部材214は、取り付け台231の前覆い部238と遊技盤17とにより前後両側から挟まれた状態で取り付け台231に取り付けられている。なお、緩衝部材214は前覆い部238と遊技盤17との間で前後に遊動しない程度に保持すれば十分である。 The mounting base 231 is open on the game board 17 side, and the cushioning member 214 attached to the mounting base 231 is in contact with the front surface of the game board 17. Therefore, the cushioning member 214 is attached to the mounting base 231 in a state of being sandwiched from both front and rear sides by the front covering portion 238 of the mounting base 231 and the game board 17. It is sufficient to hold the cushioning member 214 between the front covering portion 238 and the game board 17 so as not to swing back and forth.

遊技に際して右打ち通路127に遊技球を集中させる場合には、左打ち通路126に遊技球を集中させる左打ち時とは異なり、発射ハンドル74の回動量を大にして発射手段18により遊技球を強く打撃しながら遊技領域41へと打ち込む。遊技領域41内に打ち込まれた遊技球は、外レール112に沿ってセンターケース119の上側を通過して右打ち通路127側へと飛行した後、緩衝部材214の球衝突部236に衝突してから、右打ち通路127内を下方へと流下する。 When concentrating the game ball in the right-handed passage 127 during the game, unlike the case of left-handed concentrating the game ball in the left-handed passage 126, the amount of rotation of the firing handle 74 is increased and the game ball is driven by the launching means 18. Drive into the game area 41 while hitting hard. The game ball driven into the game area 41 passes above the center case 119 along the outer rail 112, flies to the right-handed passage 127 side, and then collides with the ball collision portion 236 of the cushioning member 214. Then, it flows downward in the right-handed passage 127.

遊技球が緩衝部材214の球衝突部236に衝突すると、緩衝部材214が弾性変形して遊技球の衝撃力を吸収し緩和することができる。即ち、遊技球が球衝突部236に対してX236矢示方向に衝突した場合、球衝突部236に対して直角方向に衝撃力Fが加わる。この衝撃力Fは緩衝部材214を受け部237側へと押圧する力F1と、緩衝部材214を外レール112側へと押圧する力F2とに分解でき、緩衝部材214に遊技球が衝突した際の衝撃力Fの内、その一部の力F1を受け部237が、力F2を外レール112が夫々分担することとなる。 When the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236 of the cushioning member 214, the cushioning member 214 elastically deforms to absorb and alleviate the impact force of the game ball. That is, when the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236 in the direction indicated by the X236 arrow, the impact force F is applied in the direction perpendicular to the ball collision portion 236. This impact force F can be decomposed into a force F1 that pushes the cushioning member 214 toward the receiving portion 237 and a force F2 that pushes the cushioning member 214 toward the outer rail 112, and when the game ball collides with the cushioning member 214. Of the impact force F of the above, a part of the force F1 is shared by the receiving portion 237, and the force F2 is shared by the outer rail 112.

このように遊技球が緩衝部材214に衝突したときの衝撃の一部を外レール112側で受け持つことにより、緩衝部材214を介して取り付け台231の受け部237側に加わる衝撃力を大幅に軽減できるため、取り付け台231の受け部237側でその衝撃の全てに抗する場合に比較して緩衝部材214の劣化を少なくできると共に、取り付け台231の受け部237等の損傷を防止することができる。 By taking part of the impact when the game ball collides with the cushioning member 214 on the outer rail 112 side in this way, the impact force applied to the receiving portion 237 side of the mounting base 231 via the cushioning member 214 is significantly reduced. Therefore, deterioration of the cushioning member 214 can be reduced as compared with the case where the receiving portion 237 side of the mounting base 231 resists all of the impact, and damage to the receiving portion 237 of the mounting base 231 can be prevented. ..

また緩衝部材214に遊技球が衝突した際に、力F2によって緩衝部材214が外レール112側へと押圧されるが、緩衝部材214が外レール112に対して押圧する部位は終端側衝撃吸収部226に対応しており、この終端側衝撃吸収部226で外レール112が外側へと弾性変形するので、その弾性変形により緩衝部材214に加わる衝撃を緩和することができる。そのために遊技球が衝突した際の緩衝部材214自体の負担を軽減することができる。 Further, when the game ball collides with the cushioning member 214, the cushioning member 214 is pressed toward the outer rail 112 by the force F2, but the portion where the cushioning member 214 presses against the outer rail 112 is the end side impact absorbing portion. Corresponding to 226, since the outer rail 112 is elastically deformed outward by the terminal side impact absorbing portion 226, the impact applied to the cushioning member 214 due to the elastic deformation can be alleviated. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the burden on the cushioning member 214 itself when the game ball collides.

更に保持突起239は外レール112から遊技球の略半径分又はそれ以上離れた位置に配置されているため、保持突起239により緩衝部材214を仮止めしているにも拘わらず、遊技球が球衝突部236に衝突した際に、その遊技球の衝撃力により、緩衝部材214が保持突起239廻りに外レール112側へと回動し押圧する分力が発生し易くなり、外レール112による衝撃の緩和効果を増大させることができる。 Further, since the holding protrusion 239 is arranged at a position approximately radius of the game ball or more from the outer rail 112, the game ball is a ball even though the cushioning member 214 is temporarily fixed by the holding protrusion 239. When colliding with the collision portion 236, the impact force of the game ball makes it easier for the cushioning member 214 to generate a component force that rotates and presses the outer rail 112 around the holding protrusion 239, and the impact of the outer rail 112. The mitigation effect of can be increased.

取り付け台231では、本体部234の一部を受け部237に嵌め込んだ状態で緩衝部材214を前覆い部238に当接させて、その緩衝部材214に挿通する保持突起239により仮止め状態に保持しているため、第1外周部材116の取り付け台231に緩衝部材214を容易に仮止めすることができる。また第1外周部材116を遊技盤17に装着した後は、その緩衝部材214は取り付け台231の前覆い部238と遊技盤17とにより前後両側から挟まれているので、緩衝部材214を所定位置に確実に保持することができる。 In the mounting base 231, the cushioning member 214 is brought into contact with the front covering portion 238 in a state where a part of the main body portion 234 is fitted into the receiving portion 237, and is temporarily fixed by the holding projection 239 inserted through the cushioning member 214. Since it is held, the cushioning member 214 can be easily temporarily fixed to the mounting base 231 of the first outer peripheral member 116. Further, after the first outer peripheral member 116 is mounted on the game board 17, the cushioning member 214 is sandwiched between the front covering portion 238 of the mounting base 231 and the game board 17 from both front and rear sides, so that the cushioning member 214 is placed at a predetermined position. Can be reliably held.

内レール111は透明な合成樹脂材料等により正面視円弧状に金型成型された樹脂製であって、図24、図43に示すように、遊技盤17から前側へと突出する前側部分よりも遊技盤17に近い後側部分の肉厚が大に構成されており、この内レール111の後端側には、この後端側を外周部245と内周部246とに分ける溝部247がレール長手方向に形成されている。 The inner rail 111 is made of a resin molded into an arc shape in a front view from a transparent synthetic resin material or the like, and as shown in FIGS. 24 and 43, the inner rail 111 is larger than the front portion protruding from the game board 17 to the front side. The wall thickness of the rear side portion close to the game board 17 is large, and on the rear end side of the inner rail 111, a groove portion 247 that divides the rear end side into an outer peripheral portion 245 and an inner peripheral portion 246 is a rail. It is formed in the longitudinal direction.

即ち、内レール111は、図24、図43に示すように、遊技盤17から起立し且つ前側よりも遊技盤17側の肉厚が大に構成された起立壁248と、この起立壁248の後端側の外周から内外方向の外側に突出してレール長手方向に設けられた突条部249と、起立壁248の後端側から遊技盤17側へと後方に突出するレール長手方向に一つ又は複数の位置決め突起140,141とを備えている。 That is, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 43, the inner rail 111 stands up from the game board 17 and has a wall thickness of the game board 17 side larger than that of the front side. One in the rail longitudinal direction protruding rearward from the rear end side of the upright wall 248 to the game board 17 side, and a ridge portion 249 protruding outward from the outer periphery on the rear end side in the inward and outward directions and provided in the rail longitudinal direction. Alternatively, it is provided with a plurality of positioning protrusions 140 and 141.

起立壁248の内外周面は、内周面248aの前端側が外周面248b側に傾斜し、外周面248bの前側が内周面248a側に傾斜しており、内周面248aの傾斜角度が外周面248b側の傾斜角度よりも大である。なお、外周面248bは遊技盤17に対して略垂直にしてもよい。また外周面248bの傾斜角度は、内周面248aの傾斜角度よりも大にしてもよい。その場合、内周面248aは遊技盤17に対して略垂直にしてもよい。 As for the inner peripheral surface of the upright wall 248, the front end side of the inner peripheral surface 248a is inclined to the outer peripheral surface 248b side, the front side of the outer peripheral surface 248b is inclined to the inner peripheral surface 248a side, and the inclination angle of the inner peripheral surface 248a is the outer peripheral surface. It is larger than the inclination angle on the surface 248b side. The outer peripheral surface 248b may be substantially perpendicular to the game board 17. Further, the inclination angle of the outer peripheral surface 248b may be larger than the inclination angle of the inner peripheral surface 248a. In that case, the inner peripheral surface 248a may be substantially perpendicular to the game board 17.

起立壁248のレール長手方向の両端には、球受入れ部113側の取り付け部139と、球打ち込み部114側の取り付け部138とがあり、その各取り付け部138,139が位置決め突起140,141と取り付けネジ142,143等の固定具とにより遊技盤17に位置決め状態に固定されている。 At both ends of the upright wall 248 in the longitudinal direction of the rail, there are a mounting portion 139 on the ball receiving portion 113 side and a mounting portion 138 on the ball driving portion 114 side, and the mounting portions 138 and 139 are the positioning protrusions 140 and 141. It is fixed to the game board 17 in the positioning state by fixing tools such as mounting screws 142 and 143.

起立壁248の取り付け部139側は、第2外周部材117の球受入れ部113側と連続するように徐々に厚肉状に構成され、また取り付け部138側も戻り球防止手段115側へと徐々に厚肉状に構成されている。なお、起立壁248は、両取り付け部138,139間でレール長手方向に略同一の肉厚でもよい。 The mounting portion 139 side of the upright wall 248 is gradually thickened so as to be continuous with the ball receiving portion 113 side of the second outer peripheral member 117, and the mounting portion 138 side is also gradually formed toward the return ball preventing means 115 side. It is structured like a thick wall. The upright wall 248 may have substantially the same wall thickness in the rail longitudinal direction between both mounting portions 138 and 139.

突条部249は起立壁248の後端側を補強するためのものであって、案内通路110内でファール球が発生した場合にも、その遊技球と干渉しないように遊技盤17の前面から遊技球の半径未満の位置で起立壁248の外周側に配置されており、この突条部249とその前側の起立壁248の外周面との間は円弧状に形成されている。 The ridge portion 249 is for reinforcing the rear end side of the upright wall 248, and even if a foul ball is generated in the guide passage 110, from the front surface of the game board 17 so as not to interfere with the game ball. It is arranged on the outer peripheral side of the upright wall 248 at a position less than the radius of the game ball, and an arc shape is formed between the ridge portion 249 and the outer peripheral surface of the upright wall 248 on the front side thereof.

溝部247は図24、図43に示すようにV状、台形状等の後広がり状であって、その深さは遊技球の半径未満となっている。そのため溶融状態の合成樹脂材料を成型金型内に充填して内レール111を金型成型する場合、内レール111は起立壁248の外周側に突条部249があり、遊技盤17に近い後端側の肉厚が大であるにも拘わらず、その溝部247によって内レール111の後端側の内周部246側、外周部245側の肉厚を薄くできるので、合成樹脂材料の硬化時に発生し易い成型歪みを防止できる利点がある。 As shown in FIGS. 24 and 43, the groove portion 247 has a V-shape, a trapezoidal shape, or the like, and its depth is less than the radius of the game ball. Therefore, when the molten synthetic resin material is filled in the molding die and the inner rail 111 is molded, the inner rail 111 has a ridge portion 249 on the outer peripheral side of the upright wall 248, and is close to the game board 17. Despite the large wall thickness on the end side, the groove portion 247 can reduce the wall thickness on the inner peripheral portion 246 side and the outer peripheral portion 245 side on the rear end side of the inner rail 111, so that when the synthetic resin material is cured, the wall thickness can be reduced. There is an advantage that molding distortion that tends to occur can be prevented.

溝部247はレール長手方向に複数に分割されており、そのレール長手方向に隣り合う溝部247間には、外周部245と内周部246とを一体に連結する長連結部250、短連結部251等の連結部が配置されている。従って、内レール111のレール長手方向の全体にわたって1つの溝部247を設ける場合には、突条部249と反対側の外周部245又は内周部246の剛性が低下することになり、突条部249を設けたことの意義がなくなるが、溝部247の中間部分に連結部250,251を設けることによって、内レール111の剛性の低下を防止することができる。 The groove portion 247 is divided into a plurality of portions in the longitudinal direction of the rail, and between the groove portions 247 adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction of the rail, a long connecting portion 250 and a short connecting portion 251 that integrally connect the outer peripheral portion 245 and the inner peripheral portion 246. Etc. are arranged. Therefore, when one groove portion 247 is provided over the entire rail longitudinal direction of the inner rail 111, the rigidity of the outer peripheral portion 245 or the inner peripheral portion 246 on the opposite side of the ridge portion 249 is lowered, and the ridge portion Although it is meaningless to provide 249, by providing connecting portions 250 and 251 in the intermediate portion of the groove portion 247, it is possible to prevent a decrease in the rigidity of the inner rail 111.

長連結部250はレール長手方向の長さが長く、これに対して短連結部251はレール長手方向の長さが短くなっている。長連結部250は両端の取り付け部138,139間に2つ(複数)設けられている。短連結部251は、取り付け部138,139と長連結部250との間に1つ設けられ、また中間の両長連結部250間に2つ設けられている。なお、長連結部250、短連結部251の数は、1以上であればよい。 The long connecting portion 250 has a long length in the longitudinal direction of the rail, whereas the short connecting portion 251 has a short length in the longitudinal direction of the rail. Two (s) long connecting portions 250 are provided between the mounting portions 138 and 139 at both ends. One short connecting portion 251 is provided between the mounting portions 138 and 139 and the long connecting portion 250, and two short connecting portions 251 are provided between the intermediate both long connecting portions 250. The number of the long connecting portion 250 and the short connecting portion 251 may be 1 or more.

長連結部250には、図24、図29に示すように、遊技盤17側へと後側に突出する突起部145と、この突起部145の両側に配置され且つ遊技盤17の前面に当接する突部252とが設けられている。突起部145は遊技盤17に凹入状又は貫通状に形成された挿入孔(位置決め孔)253内に僅かの遊びを介して挿入されている。 As shown in FIGS. 24 and 29, the long connecting portion 250 has a protrusion 145 that projects rearward toward the game board 17, and is arranged on both sides of the protrusion 145 and hits the front surface of the game board 17. A protrusion 252 in contact with the protrusion 252 is provided. The protrusion 145 is inserted into the game board 17 through a small amount of play in the insertion hole (positioning hole) 253 formed in a concave shape or a through shape.

内レール111を遊技盤17に装着する場合には、各取り付け部138,139の位置決め突起140,141を遊技盤17の位置決め孔140a,141aに挿入して位置決めすると共に、中間の突起部145を挿入孔253に遊びを介して挿入する。そして、内レール111を所定の取り付け位置に位置決めした後、その両端の各取り付け部138,139を取り付けネジ142,143等により遊技盤17に固定すればよい。従って、このような構成の内レール111を採用すれば、内レール111を所定の取り付け位置に容易且つ確実に装着することができる。 When the inner rail 111 is mounted on the game board 17, the positioning protrusions 140 and 141 of the mounting portions 138 and 139 are inserted into the positioning holes 140a and 141a of the game board 17 for positioning, and the intermediate protrusion 145 is inserted. It is inserted into the insertion hole 253 via play. Then, after positioning the inner rail 111 at a predetermined mounting position, the mounting portions 138 and 139 at both ends thereof may be fixed to the game board 17 with mounting screws 142 and 143 and the like. Therefore, if the inner rail 111 having such a configuration is adopted, the inner rail 111 can be easily and surely mounted at a predetermined mounting position.

また内レール111の両端の取り付け部138,139を取り付けネジ142,143で遊技盤17に固定しているにも拘わらず、取り付け部138,139間の中間部分では、突起部145を挿入孔253に遊びw3を介して挿入しているため、案内通路110側又は遊技領域41側から内レール111に遊技球が衝突するようなことがあっても、その遊びw3の範囲内で内レール111の中間部分がレール板厚方向に弾性変形して、遊技球の衝突時に内レール111に加わる衝撃を吸収し緩和することができる。 Further, although the mounting portions 138 and 139 at both ends of the inner rail 111 are fixed to the game board 17 with the mounting screws 142 and 143, the protrusion 145 is inserted into the insertion hole 253 in the intermediate portion between the mounting portions 138 and 139. Since the game ball is inserted through the play w3, even if the game ball collides with the inner rail 111 from the guide passage 110 side or the game area 41 side, the inner rail 111 is within the range of the play w3. The intermediate portion is elastically deformed in the thickness direction of the rail plate, and the impact applied to the inner rail 111 when the game ball collides can be absorbed and mitigated.

更に突起部145と挿入孔253との間に遊びw3を設けることにより、遊技球が突起部145の近傍で内レール111に衝突した場合にも、その遊びw3により内レール111に対する衝撃を緩和できるため、突起部145の起立壁248側の付け根部分に亀裂が入る等の問題が生じることもない。突起部145と挿入孔253との間の遊び量は、極僅かでも一定の衝撃吸収効果がある。 Further, by providing the play w3 between the protrusion 145 and the insertion hole 253, even when the game ball collides with the inner rail 111 in the vicinity of the protrusion 145, the play w3 can alleviate the impact on the inner rail 111. Therefore, there is no problem that a crack is formed in the base portion of the protrusion 145 on the upright wall 248 side. The amount of play between the protrusion 145 and the insertion hole 253 has a constant impact absorption effect even if it is very small.

取り付け部138,139及び突部252は、起立壁248の後端面248cよりも遊技盤17側に僅かに突出しており、内レール111を遊技盤17の前面に装着したときに、取り付け部138,139及び突部252が遊技盤17の前面に当接して、取り付け部138,139及び突部252の相互間では、起立壁248の後端面248cが遊技盤17の前面から突出高さh252(図29参照)だけ浮き上がっている。 The mounting portions 138, 139 and the protrusion 252 slightly project toward the game board 17 from the rear end surface 248c of the upright wall 248, and when the inner rail 111 is mounted on the front surface of the game board 17, the mounting portions 138, The 139 and the protrusion 252 are in contact with the front surface of the game board 17, and between the mounting portions 138, 139 and the protrusion 252, the rear end surface 248c of the upright wall 248 protrudes from the front surface of the game board 17 at a height h252 (FIG. 29) is only floating.

従って、内レール111と遊技盤17との間には、取り付け部138,139及び突部252の突出高さh252に相当する微少な隙間s252(=h252)ができるので、遊技球の衝突時の弾性変形により内レール111が遊技盤17の前面に沿ってレール板厚方向に振動するようなことがあっても、遊技盤17の前面に内レール111の擦過痕が生じるようなことはない。 Therefore, a minute gap s252 (= h252) corresponding to the protruding height h252 of the mounting portions 138 and 139 and the protrusion 252 is formed between the inner rail 111 and the game board 17, so that a small gap s252 (= h252) is formed at the time of collision of the game ball. Even if the inner rail 111 vibrates in the rail plate thickness direction along the front surface of the game board 17 due to elastic deformation, scratch marks on the inner rail 111 do not occur on the front surface of the game board 17.

内レール111の突部252は、図24に示すように、内レール111の後端面248cのレール板厚方向の寸法よりも小であり、突部252と内レール111の後端面248cの両端縁との間隔w1,w2は、突起部145と挿入孔253との遊び量w3以上となっている。なお、突起部145は挿入孔253内に圧入、その他により密嵌状に挿入してもよい。 As shown in FIG. 24, the protrusion 252 of the inner rail 111 is smaller than the dimension of the rear end surface 248c of the inner rail 111 in the rail plate thickness direction, and both end edges of the protrusion 252 and the rear end surface 248c of the inner rail 111. The distances w1 and w2 between the two are equal to or greater than the amount of play w3 between the protrusion 145 and the insertion hole 253. The protrusion 145 may be press-fitted into the insertion hole 253, or may be inserted tightly into the insertion hole 253.

内レール111を遊技盤17に装着する場合、内レール111の両端の取り付け部138,139を位置決め突起140,141と取り付けネジ142,143とで固定し、また中間部分に突起部145等を設けずに、その中間の一つ又は複数の取り付け部を取り付けネジ、位置決め突起等の固定具により遊技盤17に対して固定状に取り付けることも可能である。 When the inner rail 111 is mounted on the game board 17, the mounting portions 138 and 139 at both ends of the inner rail 111 are fixed by the positioning protrusions 140 and 141 and the mounting screws 142 and 143, and the protrusions 145 and the like are provided in the intermediate portion. Instead, one or more mounting portions in the middle can be fixedly attached to the game board 17 by fixing tools such as mounting screws and positioning protrusions.

この場合には内レール111に遊技球が衝突しても、その衝撃によって内レール111がレール板厚方向に弾性変形し難くなるため、起立壁248の後端面を遊技盤17の前面に当接させても、内レール111が遊技盤17の前面を擦って摩耗する等の問題が生じることはない。 In this case, even if the game ball collides with the inner rail 111, the inner rail 111 is less likely to be elastically deformed in the rail plate thickness direction due to the impact, so that the rear end surface of the upright wall 248 abuts on the front surface of the game board 17. Even if it is made to do so, there is no problem that the inner rail 111 rubs against the front surface of the game board 17 and wears.

戻り球防止手段115は、内レール111の上端の球打ち込み部114側に配置されている。この戻り球防止手段115は、図4、図25、図26に示すように、内レール111の上端側に前後方向の支軸260により回動自在に枢支された戻り球防止片261と、この戻り球防止片261を戻り球阻止位置に付勢する付勢手段262とを備えている。 The return ball preventing means 115 is arranged on the ball driving portion 114 side at the upper end of the inner rail 111. As shown in FIGS. 4, 25, and 26, the return ball prevention means 115 includes a return ball prevention piece 261 rotatably supported by a support shaft 260 in the front-rear direction on the upper end side of the inner rail 111. The return ball prevention piece 261 is provided with an urging means 262 for urging the return ball prevention piece 261 to the return ball blocking position.

戻り球防止片261は、内レール111の取り付け部138と前側の押え部材263との間に配置されている。この戻り球防止片261は下部側に支持用基部264を有し、その支持用基部264が支軸260により枢支され、また支軸260の下側に付勢手段262用の重錘265が設けられている。支軸260は取り付け部138の位置決め突起140と押え部材263とに跨がって挿通されている。 The return ball prevention piece 261 is arranged between the mounting portion 138 of the inner rail 111 and the pressing member 263 on the front side. The return ball prevention piece 261 has a support base 264 on the lower side, the support base 264 is pivotally supported by the support shaft 260, and a weight 265 for the urging means 262 is on the lower side of the support shaft 260. It is provided. The support shaft 260 is inserted so as to straddle the positioning protrusion 140 of the mounting portion 138 and the pressing member 263.

なお、取り付け部138の位置決め突起140は、遊技盤17の位置決め孔140aに挿入されているので、その位置決め突起140に支軸260を挿通することにより、支軸260の取り付け部138に対する挿通量を長くすることができる。そのため支軸260の取り付け部138に対する挿通量を十分に確保しながらも、取り付け部138と押え部材263との間隔を大にでき、支軸260により戻り球防止片261を安定的に支持することができる。 Since the positioning protrusion 140 of the mounting portion 138 is inserted into the positioning hole 140a of the game board 17, the support shaft 260 is inserted through the positioning protrusion 140 to increase the amount of insertion of the support shaft 260 into the mounting portion 138. Can be lengthened. Therefore, while ensuring a sufficient amount of insertion of the support shaft 260 into the mounting portion 138, the distance between the mounting portion 138 and the pressing member 263 can be increased, and the return ball prevention piece 261 can be stably supported by the support shaft 260. Can be done.

取り付け部138には、遊技領域41内に打ち込まれた遊技球が戻り球防止片261の支持用基部264に衝突しないように、その支持用基部264を遊技領域41側から覆う保護壁267が設けられている。この保護壁267は内レール111の起立壁248の上端側に一体に連結されており、その両者間には押え部材263用の取り付けボス268が設けられている。 The mounting portion 138 is provided with a protective wall 267 that covers the support base 264 from the game area 41 side so that the game ball driven into the game area 41 does not collide with the support base 264 of the return ball prevention piece 261. Has been done. The protective wall 267 is integrally connected to the upper end side of the upright wall 248 of the inner rail 111, and a mounting boss 268 for the pressing member 263 is provided between the two.

押え部材263は、戻り球防止片261の支持用基部264及び保護壁267を前側から覆う形状であり、取り付けネジ269により取り付けボス268に前側から固定されている。保護壁267には、支持用基部264が当接して戻り球防止片261を戻り球阻止位置に規制するストッパ部270が設けられている。 The pressing member 263 has a shape that covers the supporting base 264 and the protective wall 267 of the return ball prevention piece 261 from the front side, and is fixed to the mounting boss 268 from the front side by the mounting screw 269. The protective wall 267 is provided with a stopper portion 270 that the support base portion 264 abuts against and restricts the return ball prevention piece 261 to the return ball blocking position.

戻り球防止片261は、通常時には付勢手段262の重錘265の付勢により、支持用基部264がストッパ部270に当接して案内通路110の球打ち込み部114内に下側から突出する戻り球阻止位置にある。そのため遊技領域41内に打ち込まれた遊技球が、遊技領域41内のセンターケース119、その他に衝突して球打ち込み部114側に衝突するようなことがあっても、その遊技球は戻り球防止片261に当って遊技領域41の左打ち通路126へと流下するだけであり、案内通路110側への遊技球の戻りを防止することができる。 The return ball prevention piece 261 normally returns from the lower side into the ball driving portion 114 of the guide passage 110 with the support base portion 264 abutting on the stopper portion 270 due to the urging of the weight 265 of the urging means 262. It is in the ball blocking position. Therefore, even if the game ball driven into the game area 41 collides with the center case 119 or the like in the game area 41 and collides with the ball driving portion 114 side, the game ball prevents the return ball. It only hits the piece 261 and flows down to the left-handed passage 126 of the game area 41, and can prevent the game ball from returning to the guide passage 110 side.

発射手段18により発射されて案内通路110内を打ち込み方向に移動する遊技球が戻り球防止片261に衝突すると、この戻り球防止片261が重錘265の重みに抗して支軸260廻りに時計方向に回動して遊技球の通過を許容するため、遊技球を遊技領域41へと打ち込むことができる。なお、遊技球が通過すれば、重錘265の付勢により戻り球防止片261が支軸260廻りに反時計方向に回動して戻り球阻止位置に復帰する。 When a game ball launched by the launching means 18 and moving in the driving direction in the guide passage 110 collides with the return ball prevention piece 261, the return ball prevention piece 261 resists the weight of the weight 265 and moves around the support shaft 260. Since the game ball rotates clockwise to allow the game ball to pass through, the game ball can be driven into the game area 41. When the game ball passes, the return ball prevention piece 261 rotates counterclockwise around the support shaft 260 due to the urging of the weight 265 and returns to the return ball blocking position.

右打ち通路127は、図4、図44に示すように、緩衝部材214の下側位置と遊技領域41が最大左右幅となる上下略中央位置よりも上側に離れた位置との間に配置されており、この右打ち通路127に流下速度制限手段275が設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 4 and 44, the right-handed passage 127 is arranged between the lower position of the cushioning member 214 and the position separated above the substantially center position of the upper and lower sides where the game area 41 has the maximum left-right width. The right-handed passage 127 is provided with a flow speed limiting means 275.

即ち、右打ち通路127は、図44~図47に示すように、センターケース119と第1、第2外周部材116,117との間に円弧状に設けられており、センターケース119の外周側に配置された内周通路壁276と、第1、第2外周部材116,117の内周に近接して配置された外周通路壁277と、内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277との後端を連結し且つ遊技盤17の前面に当接する後通路壁278とを有する。内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277は、左右に略等間隔に配置されている。 That is, as shown in FIGS. 44 to 47, the right-handed passage 127 is provided in an arc shape between the center case 119 and the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117, and is provided on the outer peripheral side of the center case 119. After the inner peripheral passage wall 276 arranged in, the outer peripheral passage wall 277 arranged close to the inner circumference of the first and second outer peripheral members 116, 117, and the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277. It has a rear aisle wall 278 that connects the ends and abuts on the front surface of the game board 17. The inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 are arranged on the left and right at substantially equal intervals.

流下速度制限手段275は右打ち通路127内で遊技球の流下速度を制限するためのもので、内周通路壁276の外周面に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の内突条部279と、外周通路壁277の内周面に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の外突条部280とを上下方向に交互に備えている。内突条部279、外突条部280は1/2~1/4程度の截頭半円錐状であって、内外周通路壁276,277の前後幅と略同一長さで前後方向に設けられており、その後端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10が前端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大であり、後端側から前端側へと突出高さ、上下幅が徐々に小さくなっている。 The flow speed limiting means 275 is for limiting the flow speed of the game ball in the right-handed passage 127, and is an inner collision in the front-rear direction arranged at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the inner peripheral passage wall 276. The strips 279 and the outer protrusions 280 in the front-rear direction arranged at predetermined intervals in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral surface of the outer peripheral passage wall 277 are alternately provided in the vertical direction. The inner ridge 279 and the outer ridge 280 have a semi-conical shape with a head of about 1/2 to 1/4, and are provided in the front-rear direction with substantially the same length as the front-back width of the inner-peripheral passage walls 276 and 277. The protrusion height h10 and the vertical width w10 on the rear end side are larger than the protrusion height h20 and the vertical width w20 on the front end side, and the protrusion height and the vertical width gradually increase from the rear end side to the front end side. It is getting smaller.

従って、図47に示す横断平面視において内周通路壁276、外周通路壁277、内突条部279及び外突条部280の相対関係を見た場合、内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277は左右に略平行であるのに対して、1/2~1/4程度の截頭半円錐状の内突条部279、外突条部280は、その突出端間の間隔が前広がり状になっている。 Therefore, when the relative relationship between the inner peripheral passage wall 276, the outer peripheral passage wall 277, the inner ridge portion 279, and the outer ridge portion 280 is seen in the cross-sectional plan view shown in FIG. 47, the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 are viewed. Is substantially parallel to the left and right, whereas the half-conical inner ridge 279 and the outer ridge 280, which are about 1/2 to 1/4, have a shape in which the distance between the protruding ends is widened forward. It has become.

このような構成の流下速度制限手段275では、右打ち通路127を流下する遊技球は、内周通路壁276の内突条部279と、外周通路壁277の外突条部280とに交互に衝突しながら順次流下するので、その内突条部279と外突条部280とによって遊技球の流下速度を制限することができる。従って、一般的には右打ち通路127側へ遊技球を集中させる場合には、左打ち通路126の場合と異なって速い速度で遊技球が発射されるが、狭い右打ち通路127内を通過するときに、その流下速度を十分に制限することができる。 In the flow speed limiting means 275 having such a configuration, the game ball flowing down the right-handed passage 127 alternately alternates between the inner protrusion 279 of the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer protrusion 280 of the outer passage wall 277. Since the ball flows down in sequence while colliding, the flow speed of the game ball can be limited by the inner ridge portion 279 and the outer ridge portion 280. Therefore, in general, when the game ball is concentrated on the right-handed passage 127 side, the game ball is launched at a high speed unlike the case of the left-handed passage 126, but passes through the narrow right-handed passage 127. At times, the flow rate can be sufficiently limited.

また内外周通路壁276,277の内外突条部279,280は、その後端側の突出高さ、上下幅が最大であり、その後端側から前端側へと突出高さ、上下幅が徐々に低くなっているので、内外突条部279,280に衝突を繰り返しながら流下する間に、その内外突条部279,280によって遊技球に対して前側のガラスユニット43側への力を与えることができる。そのため右打ち通路127内を流下する遊技球に対して複雑な運動の速度制限作用を与えることができる。 Further, the inner / outer protrusions 279,280 of the inner / outer peripheral passage walls 276, 277 have the maximum protrusion height and vertical width on the rear end side, and the protrusion height and vertical width gradually increase from the rear end side to the front end side. Since it is low, it is possible to apply a force to the front glass unit 43 side to the game ball by the inner / outer ridges 279,280 while the inner / outer ridges 279,280 repeatedly collide with each other and flow down. can. Therefore, it is possible to give a complicated motion speed limiting action to the game ball flowing down in the right-handed passage 127.

特に右打ち通路127は遊技領域41の略上下中央位置よりも上側に位置しており、内周通路壁276が上向き凸円弧状であり、この内周通路壁276に複数の截頭半円錐状の内突条部279が通路長手方向に所定の間隔で配置されているため、遊技球が内突条部279に衝突する毎にガラスユニット43側への力を与えることができる。そして、この内周通路壁276に対して所定の間隔で円弧状に対向する外周通路壁277にも、複数の截頭半円錐状の外突条部280が内突条部279と交互にあるため、遊技球が外突条部280に衝突する毎に同様にガラスユニット43側への力を与えることができる。 In particular, the right-handed passage 127 is located above the substantially upper and lower center position of the game area 41, and the inner peripheral passage wall 276 has an upward convex arc shape. Since the inner ridges 279 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction of the passage, a force can be applied to the glass unit 43 side each time the game ball collides with the inner ridge 279. Further, on the outer peripheral passage wall 277 that faces the inner peripheral passage wall 276 in an arc shape at predetermined intervals, a plurality of semi-conical outer protrusions 280 are alternately provided with the inner protrusions 279. Therefore, every time the game ball collides with the outer protrusion 280, a force can be similarly applied to the glass unit 43 side.

更に内外周通路壁276,277の内外突条部279,280は、内外周通路壁276,277を連結する後通路壁278側の突出高さ、突出幅が最大であり、前側になるに伴って突出高さ、突出幅が小さくなっているので、内外突条部279,280を含む内外周通路壁276,277、後通路壁278がセンターケース119と一体であるにも拘わらず容易に成型することができる。 Further, the inner / outer protrusions 279,280 of the inner / outer peripheral passage walls 276, 277 have the maximum protrusion height and protrusion width on the rear passage wall 278 side connecting the inner / outer outer passage walls 276, 277, and as they move toward the front side. Since the protruding height and the protruding width are small, the inner and outer peripheral passage walls 276 and 277 including the inner and outer protrusions 279 and 280 and the rear passage wall 278 are easily molded even though they are integrated with the center case 119. can do.

遊技領域41の内、右打ち通路127の下端から下部レール188までの範囲が実質的に遊技に供される右領域部41aとなっている。この右領域部41aは、図4に示すように、センターケース119と第2外周部材117の側部レール187との間に上下方向に長く設けられている。右領域部41aの上部側には、右打ち通路127の下側近傍に球案内手段290が、この球案内手段290の下側近傍に普通図柄始動手段131が夫々設けられ、また右領域部41aの下部側に大入賞手段132が設けられている。 Of the game area 41, the range from the lower end of the right-handed passage 127 to the lower rail 188 is the right area portion 41a substantially provided for the game. As shown in FIG. 4, the right region portion 41a is provided long in the vertical direction between the center case 119 and the side rail 187 of the second outer peripheral member 117. On the upper side of the right region portion 41a, a ball guiding means 290 is provided near the lower side of the right-handed passage 127, a normal symbol starting means 131 is provided near the lower side of the ball guiding means 290, and the right region portion 41a is provided. A large winning means 132 is provided on the lower side of the.

球案内手段290は、遊技領域41の上下方向の略中央位置よりも上側で右打ち通路127の下側近傍に配置されており、右打ち通路127の下端から流下する遊技球を受けて普通図柄始動手段131側に案内するようになっている。 The ball guiding means 290 is arranged near the lower side of the right-handed passage 127 above the substantially central position in the vertical direction of the game area 41, and receives a game ball flowing down from the lower end of the right-handed passage 127 and has a normal symbol. It is designed to guide to the starting means 131 side.

この球案内手段290は、図44~図47に示すように、後側が開放する箱状の突出部291と、この突出部291の上面に設けられた球案内部292と、突出部291の上下両側に設けられた取り付け部293とを有し、突出部291の開口縁及び取り付け部293が遊技盤17の前面に当接して、その取り付け部293が取り付けネジ294により遊技盤17の前面に取り付けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 44 to 47, the ball guide means 290 has a box-shaped protrusion 291 that opens on the rear side, a ball guide portion 292 provided on the upper surface of the protrusion 291 and an upper and lower protrusion 291. It has mounting portions 293 provided on both sides, the opening edge of the protruding portion 291 and the mounting portion 293 are in contact with the front surface of the game board 17, and the mounting portion 293 is mounted on the front surface of the game board 17 by mounting screws 294. Has been done.

球案内部292を含む突出部291は、右打ち通路127からの遊技球の衝撃に耐え得るように取り付け部293に比較して十分な厚さを有する。球案内部292は平面視略矩形状であって、右打ち通路127から流下した遊技球をセンターケース119側へと左右方向の中央側に案内すべく、所定の傾斜角度α292でセンターケース119側へと左右方向に傾斜するとともに、その傾斜角度α292未満の傾斜角度β292で前下がりに傾斜している。この球案内部292の前下がりの傾斜角度β292は、球案内部292が前側のガラス板76から遊技球の略半径分離れた部位P1と、取り付け部293から遊技球の略半径分離れた部位P2との間の案内領域Sで遊技球を左右方向に案内可能な角度である。 The protruding portion 291 including the ball guide portion 292 has a sufficient thickness as compared with the mounting portion 293 so as to be able to withstand the impact of the game ball from the right-handed passage 127. The ball guide portion 292 has a substantially rectangular shape in a plan view, and has a predetermined inclination angle α292 on the center case 119 side in order to guide the game ball flowing down from the right-handed passage 127 toward the center case 119 side in the left-right direction. In addition to being inclined in the left-right direction, it is inclined forward and downward at an inclination angle β292 that is less than the inclination angle α292. The front-down tilt angle β292 of the ball guide portion 292 is a portion P1 in which the ball guide portion 292 is substantially separated from the glass plate 76 on the front side by a substantially radius of the game ball, and a portion in which the ball guide portion 292 is substantially separated from the mounting portion 293 by a substantially radius. It is an angle at which the game ball can be guided in the left-right direction in the guide area S between P2 and P2.

突出部291は正面視五角形状であるが、その球案内部292が傾斜角度β292で前下りに傾斜するだけでなく、他の外周部も前側が中央寄りに傾斜状になっている。そのため球案内部292は後端側の左右長さに対して前端側の左右長さが短くなっており、上流端縁292a、下流端縁292bは、平面視において遊技盤17に直角な線分に対して傾斜角度γで内向きに傾斜した状態になっている。 The protruding portion 291 has a pentagonal shape when viewed from the front, but the ball guide portion 292 is not only inclined forward and downward at an inclination angle β292, but also the other outer peripheral portions are also inclined toward the center on the front side. Therefore, the ball guide portion 292 has a shorter left-right length on the front end side than the left-right length on the rear end side, and the upstream end edge 292a and the downstream end edge 292b are line segments perpendicular to the game board 17 in a plan view. It is in a state of being inclined inward at an inclination angle γ.

右打ち通路127を通過した遊技球は、所定の慣性力を持ったままで球案内手段290の球案内部292上に落下し、その球案内部292の傾斜に沿って案内されて行く。このとき球案内部292が傾斜角度α292,β292で傾斜した状態にあるため、球案内部292上の遊技球は、図48に示すように、その傾斜角度α292による力X1と、傾斜角度β292による力X2との合成力X12を受けながら案内されることになる。 The game ball that has passed through the right-handed passage 127 falls on the ball guide portion 292 of the ball guide means 290 while having a predetermined inertial force, and is guided along the inclination of the ball guide portion 292. At this time, since the ball guide portion 292 is in a state of being tilted at the tilt angle α292 and β292, the game ball on the ball guide portion 292 is subject to the force X1 due to the tilt angle α292 and the tilt angle β292 as shown in FIG. You will be guided while receiving the combined force X12 with the force X2.

従って、遊技球は、右打ち通路127内で流下速度制限手段275の内外突条部279,280により複雑な速度制限作用を受けながら、不規則な慣性力を持った状態で球案内手段290の球案内部292上に落下するにも拘らず、その落下後の球案内部292の傾斜角度α292、β292により、落下後の遊技球の安定化を図ることができる。勿論、遊技球は球案内部292上に流下した時点で所定の慣性力を持っているため、合成力X12の影響を受けながらも案内領域Sの幅内で案内方向(左方向)に自由に移動可能である。 Therefore, the game ball is subjected to a complicated speed limiting action by the inner / outer ridges 279, 280 of the flow speed limiting means 275 in the right-handed passage 127, and the ball guiding means 290 has an irregular inertial force. Despite falling on the ball guide portion 292, the tilt angles α292 and β292 of the ball guide portion 292 after the fall can stabilize the game ball after the fall. Of course, since the game ball has a predetermined inertial force when it flows down onto the ball guide portion 292, it can freely move in the guide direction (left direction) within the width of the guide region S while being affected by the combined force X12. It is movable.

また球案内部292の下流端縁292bは、平面視において遊技盤17に直角な線分に対して傾斜角度γで内向きに傾斜しているため、球案内部292の下流端縁292bから離れるときにも、下流端縁292b側の傾斜角度γにより、遊技球に対してガラス板76側への慣性力を付与することができる。 Further, since the downstream end edge 292b of the ball guide portion 292 is inclined inward at an inclination angle γ with respect to the line segment perpendicular to the game board 17 in a plan view, the downstream end edge 292b of the ball guide portion 292 is separated from the downstream end edge 292b. Occasionally, an inertial force toward the glass plate 76 can be applied to the game ball by the inclination angle γ on the downstream end edge 292b side.

更に突出部291は球案内部292が傾斜角度β292で前下りに傾斜するだけでなく、他の外周面も前側が中央寄りに傾斜状になっているため、金型成型により容易に成型することが可能である。 Further, the protruding portion 291 is not only inclined forward and downward at the inclination angle β292 of the ball guide portion 292, but also the other outer peripheral surfaces are inclined toward the center on the front side, so that the protruding portion 291 can be easily molded by mold molding. Is possible.

このような構成の球案内手段290は、次の通り要約することができる。即ち、球案内手段290は、遊技盤17の前面に当接する取り付け部293と、この取り付け部293から前側に突出する球案内部292とを有し、遊技領域41内を流下する遊技球を球案内部292により、遊技盤17に沿って左右方向に案内する。球案内部292は、この球案内部292の左右方向の傾斜角度α292未満の傾斜角度β292で前下がりに傾斜しており、球案内部292が遊技領域41の前側のガラス板76から遊技球の略半径分離れた部位P1と、取り付け部293から遊技球の略半径分離れた部位P2との間で遊技球を左右方向に案内可能な角度である。球案内部292は、取り付け部293側の左右方向の長さよりもガラス板76側の左右方向の長さが短くなっている。球案内部292は、上手側と下手側との傾斜角度β292が略同じであるが、上手側又は下手側の傾斜角度を下手側又は上手側よりも大にしてもよい。 The ball guiding means 290 having such a configuration can be summarized as follows. That is, the ball guiding means 290 has a mounting portion 293 that abuts on the front surface of the game board 17 and a ball guiding portion 292 that projects forward from the mounting portion 293, and the ball guides the ball flowing down in the game area 41. The guide unit 292 guides the player in the left-right direction along the game board 17. The ball guide portion 292 is tilted forward at an inclination angle β292 of the ball guide portion 292 in the left-right direction of less than α292, and the ball guide portion 292 is tilted forward from the glass plate 76 on the front side of the game area 41. The angle is such that the game ball can be guided in the left-right direction between the portion P1 having a substantially radius-separated portion P1 and the portion P2 having a substantially radius-separated portion P2 from the mounting portion 293. The ball guide portion 292 has a shorter left-right length on the glass plate 76 side than a left-right length on the mounting portion 293 side. The ball guide portion 292 has substantially the same inclination angle β292 between the upper side and the lower side, but the inclination angle on the upper side or the lower side may be larger than that on the lower side or the upper side.

図49、図50は本発明の第2の実施形態を例示する。緩衝部材214は上下方向に長い縦長矩形状であって、取り付け台231の受け部237に当接する当接面295と、この当接面295と反対側の球衝突部236とが略平行な平坦状に形成され、その当接面295が上下方向に平坦状の受け部237に当接した状態で、前覆い部238から遊技盤17側に突出する長さの異なる長保持突起296と短保持突起297との2本により保持されている。緩衝部材214には、2本の保持突起296,297に対応して2個の通孔298,299が形成されている。 49 and 50 illustrate a second embodiment of the present invention. The cushioning member 214 has a vertically long rectangular shape that is long in the vertical direction, and the contact surface 295 that abuts on the receiving portion 237 of the mounting base 231 and the ball collision portion 236 on the opposite side of the contact surface 295 are flat and substantially parallel to each other. In a state where the contact surface 295 is in contact with the flat receiving portion 237 in the vertical direction, the long holding protrusions 296 having different lengths protruding from the front covering portion 238 toward the game board 17 and short holdings are held. It is held by two protrusions 297. The cushioning member 214 is formed with two through holes 298 and 299 corresponding to the two holding protrusions 296 and 297.

遊技球が緩衝部材214の球衝突部236に対して衝突する際の衝撃は、外レール112に近い上部側が外レール112から遠い下部側よりも大である。そのため衝撃の大きい上側に対応して短保持突起297が配置され、衝撃の小さい下側に対応して長保持突起296が配置されている。長保持突起296は、球衝突部236に遊技球が衝突する範囲の略全長に跨がる前後方向の長さを有し、短保持突起297は球衝突部236に遊技球が衝突する範囲から外れた位置に対応する長さ、又は遊技球が衝突する範囲の内の前側の一部に対応する長さである。 The impact when the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236 of the cushioning member 214 is greater on the upper side near the outer rail 112 than on the lower side far from the outer rail 112. Therefore, the short holding protrusion 297 is arranged corresponding to the upper side having a large impact, and the long holding protrusion 296 is arranged corresponding to the lower side having a small impact. The long-holding protrusion 296 has a length in the front-rear direction over substantially the entire length of the range in which the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236, and the short-holding protrusion 297 is from the range in which the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236. The length corresponding to the out-of-position, or the length corresponding to a part of the front side within the range in which the game ball collides.

従って、緩衝部材214の下部側を長保持突起296により取り付け台231に確実に保持し、緩衝部材214の上部側の外レール112の長手方向の移動を短保持突起297により受け止めることができる。 Therefore, the lower side of the cushioning member 214 can be securely held on the mounting base 231 by the long holding protrusion 296, and the movement of the outer rail 112 on the upper side of the cushioning member 214 in the longitudinal direction can be received by the short holding protrusion 297.

また緩衝部材214の上部側には、遊技球の衝突領域に対応して短保持突起297の先端側に中空状の通孔299の余剰部分があり、この通孔299の余剰部分により中空部が形成されるため、緩衝部材214の上部側が下部側に比較して弾性変形し易くなり、球衝突部236の上部側に大きな衝撃力が加わる場合にも、その衝撃を十分に吸収し緩和することができる。 Further, on the upper side of the cushioning member 214, there is a surplus portion of the hollow through hole 299 on the tip end side of the short holding protrusion 297 corresponding to the collision region of the game ball, and the hollow portion is formed by the surplus portion of the through hole 299. Since it is formed, the upper side of the cushioning member 214 is more likely to be elastically deformed than the lower side, and even when a large impact force is applied to the upper side of the ball collision portion 236, the impact is sufficiently absorbed and mitigated. Can be done.

更に通孔299に挿通する短保持突起297の先端側の余剰部分を利用して強い衝撃吸収用の中空部を構成しているため、専用の中空部を設ける場合に比較して容易に製作することが可能であり、容易且つ安価に実施できる利点がある。 Furthermore, since a hollow portion for strong impact absorption is formed by using the surplus portion on the tip side of the short holding protrusion 297 that is inserted into the through hole 299, it is easier to manufacture than when a dedicated hollow portion is provided. It is possible and has the advantage that it can be carried out easily and inexpensively.

なお、この実施形態でも、球衝突部236側に遊技球が衝突した場合には、緩衝部材214の上部側は、その弾性変形により外レール112側へと押圧する。この実施形態では、外レール112が内周壁175に当接しており、第1の実施形態の終端側衝撃吸収部226に相当するものがないが、第1の実施形態と同様に構成してもよい。 Even in this embodiment, when the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236 side, the upper side of the cushioning member 214 is pressed toward the outer rail 112 side due to its elastic deformation. In this embodiment, the outer rail 112 is in contact with the inner peripheral wall 175, and there is no equivalent to the terminal side impact absorbing portion 226 of the first embodiment, but even if it is configured in the same manner as in the first embodiment. good.

外レール112は終端側にU字状の弾性変形部212を有し、その弾性変形部212の終端側が第1外周部材116の終端側収容部210内に突出する被当接部300に当接されている。外レール112は弾性変形部212よりも終端側に逆U字状に屈曲する屈曲部301があり、その屈曲部301内に被当接部300が配置されている。他の構成は、第1の実施形態と略同様である。 The outer rail 112 has a U-shaped elastic deformed portion 212 on the terminal side, and the terminal side of the elastic deformed portion 212 abuts on the contacted portion 300 projecting into the terminal accommodating portion 210 of the first outer peripheral member 116. Has been done. The outer rail 112 has a bent portion 301 that bends in an inverted U shape on the terminal side of the elastically deformed portion 212, and the contacted portion 300 is arranged in the bent portion 301. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of the first embodiment.

図51は本発明の第3の実施形態を例示する。緩衝部材214は、外レール112のレール長手方向に長く構成されている。第1外周部材116の取り付け台231には、コ字状の第1受け部303と、その下側の平坦状の第2受け部304とを備え、緩衝部材214の突部305が第1受け部303に入り、平坦部306が第2受け部304に当接する。保持突起239は、第1受け部303の上手側近傍に配置されている。 FIG. 51 illustrates a third embodiment of the present invention. The cushioning member 214 is long in the rail longitudinal direction of the outer rail 112. The mounting base 231 of the first outer peripheral member 116 is provided with a U-shaped first receiving portion 303 and a flat second receiving portion 304 below the U-shaped first receiving portion 303, and the protrusion 305 of the cushioning member 214 is the first receiving portion 305. Entering the portion 303, the flat portion 306 abuts on the second receiving portion 304. The holding protrusion 239 is arranged near the upper side of the first receiving portion 303.

緩衝部材214は保持突起239から球衝突部236までの長さが保持突起239から第1受け部303までの長さよりも大であり、また遊技球が球衝突部236に衝突したときに、緩衝部材214が外レール112側に弾性変形し易くなるように、保持突起239の位置、球衝突部236の角度が選択し決定されている。 The length of the cushioning member 214 from the holding protrusion 239 to the ball collision portion 236 is larger than the length from the holding protrusion 239 to the first receiving portion 303, and the cushioning member 214 cushions when the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236. The position of the holding protrusion 239 and the angle of the ball collision portion 236 are selected and determined so that the member 214 is easily elastically deformed to the outer rail 112 side.

外レール112の終端側当接部209は、第1外周部材116の終端側被当接部211に対してレール長手方向に当接するが、その第1外周部材116の終端側被当接部211は、外レール112の終端側当接部209に遊技領域41側への分力が生じる角度となっている。そのため外レール112の終端側当接部209と弾性変形部212との間に外レール112を規制する規制手段218があるが、外レール112は規制手段218を構成する外側規制部219と内側規制部220との内、内側規制部220に当接している。 The end-side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 abuts on the end-side contact portion 211 of the first outer peripheral member 116 in the rail longitudinal direction, but the end-side contact portion 211 of the first outer peripheral member 116 thereof. Is an angle at which a component force toward the game area 41 is generated at the end-side contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112. Therefore, there is a regulating means 218 for regulating the outer rail 112 between the terminal contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 and the elastically deforming portion 212, but the outer rail 112 has the outer regulating portion 219 and the inner regulating portion 219 constituting the regulating means 218. Of the portions 220, they are in contact with the inner regulating portion 220.

従って、外レール112は、規制手段218を構成する外側規制部219と内側規制部220との両者に当接するだけでなく、その外側規制部219と内側規制部220との何れか一方に当接してもよい。 Therefore, the outer rail 112 not only abuts on both the outer regulation portion 219 and the inner regulation portion 220 constituting the regulation means 218, but also abuts on either the outer regulation portion 219 or the inner regulation portion 220. May be.

また外レール112の終端側当接部209が第1外周部材116の終端側被当接部211で一定位置に当接する場合には、規制手段218は外側規制部219と内側規制部220とが共に所定の間隔を置いて外レール112と対向するようにしてもよい。 Further, when the terminal contact portion 209 of the outer rail 112 abuts at a fixed position at the terminal contact portion 211 of the first outer peripheral member 116, the regulating means 218 has the outer regulating portion 219 and the inner regulating portion 220. Both may face the outer rail 112 at predetermined intervals.

なお、外レール112は内周壁175に当接しているが、他の構成は、第1の実施形態と略同様である。 The outer rail 112 is in contact with the inner peripheral wall 175, but the other configurations are substantially the same as those in the first embodiment.

図52は本発明の第4の実施形態を例示する。第1外周部材116の取り付け台231には、第1受け部308と第2受け部309とがV字状に設けられ、その第2受け部309から外レール112に沿って上手側に伸びる第3受け部310とを有する。保持突起239は取り付け台231の第1~第3受け部308~310の近傍に配置されている。 FIG. 52 illustrates a fourth embodiment of the present invention. The mounting base 231 of the first outer peripheral member 116 is provided with a first receiving portion 308 and a second receiving portion 309 in a V shape, and extends from the second receiving portion 309 to the upper side along the outer rail 112. It has 3 receiving portions 310. The holding protrusions 239 are arranged in the vicinity of the first to third receiving portions 308 to 310 of the mounting base 231.

緩衝部材214には、第1、第2受け部308,309に当接する第1、第2当接部311,312がV字状に形成され、また第3受け部310に当接する第3当接部313が第3受け部310と平行に形成されている。緩衝部材214には、遊技球の衝突方向に対して傾斜状に形成された球衝突部236と、第3受け部310の上手側近傍で外レール112側に突出して当接する突出部314とが設けられている。 In the cushioning member 214, the first and second contact portions 311, 312 that abut on the first and second receiving portions 308 and 309 are formed in a V shape, and the third receiving portion 310 abuts on the third receiving portion 310. The tangent portion 313 is formed parallel to the third receiving portion 310. The cushioning member 214 has a ball collision portion 236 formed so as to be inclined with respect to the collision direction of the game ball, and a protrusion 314 that projects and abuts on the outer rail 112 side in the vicinity of the upper side of the third receiving portion 310. It is provided.

この緩衝部材214においても、球衝突部236の上部側に遊技球が衝突した場合には、緩衝部材214の上部側が遊技球の衝撃により圧縮されて外レール112、第3受け部310側に弾性変形し外レール112、第3受け部310側に圧接するため、緩衝部材214及び外レール112により遊技球の衝撃に抗することができる。 Also in this cushioning member 214, when the game ball collides with the upper side of the ball collision portion 236, the upper side of the cushioning member 214 is compressed by the impact of the game ball and elastic to the outer rail 112 and the third receiving portion 310 side. Since it is deformed and pressed against the outer rail 112 and the third receiving portion 310 side, the impact of the game ball can be resisted by the cushioning member 214 and the outer rail 112.

図53、図54は本発明の第5の実施形態を例示する。第1外周部材116の取り付け台231には、第1受け部308と第2受け部309とが鈍角状に設けられている。保持突起239は取り付け台231の第1、第2受け部308,309の近傍に配置されている。 53 and 54 illustrate a fifth embodiment of the present invention. The mounting base 231 of the first outer peripheral member 116 is provided with a first receiving portion 308 and a second receiving portion 309 in an obtuse angle. The holding protrusions 239 are arranged in the vicinity of the first and second receiving portions 308 and 309 of the mounting base 231.

緩衝部材214には、第1、第2受け部308,309に当接する第1、第2当接部311,312が鈍角状に形成されている。また緩衝部材214は、外レール112に対して鋭角状に傾斜する球衝突部236を有し、その球衝突部236に対して反対側が外レール112に当接している。この緩衝部材214においても、球衝突部236に遊技球が衝突した場合には、緩衝部材214が遊技球の衝撃により圧縮されて外レール112側に圧接するため、緩衝部材214及び外レール112により遊技球の衝撃に抗することができる。なお、アース部材315の外レール112と接触する接触部315aは適度な弾性を有する。他の構成は、第1、第2の実施形態と略同様である。 The cushioning member 214 is formed with obtuse-angled first and second contact portions 311, 312 that come into contact with the first and second receiving portions 308 and 309. Further, the cushioning member 214 has a ball collision portion 236 that is inclined at an acute angle with respect to the outer rail 112, and the opposite side of the ball collision portion 236 is in contact with the outer rail 112. Also in this cushioning member 214, when the game ball collides with the ball collision portion 236, the cushioning member 214 is compressed by the impact of the game ball and is pressed against the outer rail 112 side, so that the cushioning member 214 and the outer rail 112 It can withstand the impact of a game ball. The contact portion 315a in contact with the outer rail 112 of the ground member 315 has appropriate elasticity. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of the first and second embodiments.

第1外周部材116の終端側収容部210内には、外レール112に接触するアース部材315が設けられている。アース部材315は規制手段218の外側規制部219と終端側被当接部211との間で内側規制部220と反対側に配置され、第1外周部材116の取り付け部316にネジ317によりアース線318と共に固定されている。 An earth member 315 that comes into contact with the outer rail 112 is provided in the terminal side accommodating portion 210 of the first outer peripheral member 116. The ground member 315 is arranged on the opposite side of the inner restricting portion 220 between the outer regulating portion 219 of the regulating means 218 and the end-side contacted portion 211, and is grounded by a screw 317 to the mounting portion 316 of the first outer peripheral member 116. It is fixed together with 318.

このように終端側収容部210内にアース部材315を設けて、このアース部材315を介して外レール112をアースするようにしてもよい。アース部材315を規制手段218の外側規制部219と終端側被当接部211との間で内側規制部220と反対側に配置することにより、外レール112をアース部材315に確実に接触させることができる。 In this way, the grounding member 315 may be provided in the terminal side accommodating portion 210, and the outer rail 112 may be grounded via the grounding member 315. By arranging the ground member 315 between the outer regulating portion 219 of the regulating means 218 and the end-side contacted portion 211 on the opposite side of the inner regulating portion 220, the outer rail 112 is surely brought into contact with the ground member 315. Can be done.

図55~図58は本発明の第6の実施形態を例示する。図55に示すように、前枠3の遊技盤装着部15の裏側には枠側ジョイント部320が、遊技盤17の裏側部材322には盤側ジョイント部321が夫々設けられており、遊技盤17をヒンジ側端部17aの回動中心廻りに回動させて遊技盤装着部15に着脱する際に、盤側ジョイント部321の盤側コネクタ323が枠側ジョイント部320の枠側コネクタ324に対して盤側コネクタ323の回動円の接線方向に着脱するようになっている。 55 to 58 illustrate a sixth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 55, a frame-side joint portion 320 is provided on the back side of the game board mounting portion 15 of the front frame 3, and a board-side joint portion 321 is provided on the back side member 322 of the game board 17, respectively. When the 17 is rotated around the rotation center of the hinge side end portion 17a to be attached to and detached from the game board mounting portion 15, the board side connector 323 of the board side joint portion 321 becomes the frame side connector 324 of the frame side joint portion 320. On the other hand, the panel side connector 323 is attached and detached in the tangential direction of the rotation circle.

裏側部材322は遊技盤17の裏側に突出する大入賞手段132等の裏側部分を覆う裏カバー等により構成されている。盤側コネクタ323、枠側コネクタ324は上下方向に長い縦長状に構成され、ヒンジ5,6とは反対側の端部に左右方向に所定の間隔をおいて複数設けられている。枠側コネクタ324と盤側コネクタ323との少なくとも一方は、各ジョイント部320,321に対してフローティング可能に設けられている。例えば、盤側コネクタ323は、裏側部材322に固定された盤側ジョイント部321の基板323aに対して上下方向、左右方向にフローティング可能である。 The back side member 322 is composed of a back cover or the like that covers the back side portion of the big winning means 132 or the like projecting to the back side of the game board 17. The board-side connector 323 and the frame-side connector 324 are configured in a vertically long shape that is long in the vertical direction, and a plurality of them are provided at the ends on the opposite sides of the hinges 5 and 6 at predetermined intervals in the left-right direction. At least one of the frame-side connector 324 and the board-side connector 323 is provided so as to be floatable with respect to the joint portions 320 and 321. For example, the board-side connector 323 can float in the vertical direction and the left-right direction with respect to the substrate 323a of the board-side joint portion 321 fixed to the back-side member 322.

第1外周部材116は、図22に示すように、ヒンジ5,6側の左外周部分173と上外周部分174とを一体に備えた樹脂製であって、所定の高さを有し、遊技盤17から前面に突出して装着されている。 As shown in FIG. 22, the first outer peripheral member 116 is made of a resin integrally provided with a left outer peripheral portion 173 and an upper outer peripheral portion 174 on the hinges 5 and 6 sides, has a predetermined height, and is a game. It is mounted so as to project to the front from the board 17.

このような構成の第1外周部材116において、そのヒンジ5,6側の左外周部分173は、図56、図57に示すように、上下一対の係合部26間に対応する左外側縁173cが、遊技盤17の端縁に近接又は端縁と略一致する上下方向の直線状であり、この左外側縁173cに、遊技盤17の着脱時に遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20との干渉を避ける逃げ部326が設けられている。 In the first outer peripheral member 116 having such a configuration, the left outer peripheral portion 173 on the hinges 5 and 6 sides corresponds to the left outer edge 173c between the pair of upper and lower engaging portions 26 as shown in FIGS. 56 and 57. Is a linear shape in the vertical direction that is close to or substantially coincides with the edge of the game board 17, and the left outer edge 173c is connected to the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15 when the game board 17 is attached or detached. A relief portion 326 for avoiding interference is provided.

逃げ部326は、遊技盤装着部15に対して遊技盤17を着脱する際に、遊技盤17のヒンジ側端部17aが後壁部24と係合部26との間に挿入された状態で遊技盤17が遊技盤装着部15に対して斜め方向になったとき、第1外周部材116の左外周部分173が左枠部20と干渉しないようにするためのもので、左外周部分173の前側外周に形成されている。この逃げ部326は、左外周部分173の外周壁176の前後中間から前面壁177へと内側に傾斜する傾斜面327により構成されている。 The relief portion 326 is in a state where the hinge side end portion 17a of the game board 17 is inserted between the rear wall portion 24 and the engaging portion 26 when the game board 17 is attached to and detached from the game board mounting portion 15. The purpose is to prevent the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 from interfering with the left frame portion 20 when the game board 17 is inclined with respect to the game board mounting portion 15, and the left outer peripheral portion 173. It is formed on the outer periphery of the front side. The relief portion 326 is composed of an inclined surface 327 that inclines inward from the front-rear middle of the outer peripheral wall 176 of the left outer peripheral portion 173 to the front wall 177.

第1外周部材116の左外周部分173には、外レール112が遊技盤17の端縁に最接近する部位に対応して狭幅部173bがあり、この狭幅部173bから上下両側に徐々に左右幅が広がる広幅部173aがあるが、狭幅部173bとその周辺に補強手段が設けられている。 The left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 has a narrow width portion 173b corresponding to a portion where the outer rail 112 is closest to the end edge of the game board 17, and gradually increases from the narrow width portion 173b to both upper and lower sides. There is a wide portion 173a whose left-right width is widened, and a reinforcing means is provided in and around the narrow portion 173b.

即ち、左外周部分173は直線状の外周壁176と、円弧状の内周壁175と、内外周壁175,176の前面側の前面壁177と、これら内外周壁175,176及び前面壁177を補強する補強リブ328とを備えているが、狭幅部173b側とその周辺では補強リブ328間の間隔を小さくして、その狭幅部173bを内側から補強する補強構造を採用している。 That is, the left outer peripheral portion 173 reinforces the linear outer peripheral wall 176, the arcuate inner peripheral wall 175, the front wall 177 on the front side of the inner outer peripheral walls 175 and 176, and the inner outer peripheral walls 175 and 176 and the front wall 177. Although it is provided with a reinforcing rib 328, a reinforcing structure is adopted in which the narrow space portion 173b is reinforced from the inside by reducing the distance between the reinforcing ribs 328 on the narrow width portion 173b side and its periphery.

遊技盤装着部15に遊技盤17を装着するに際しては、図58に示すように、遊技盤17を遊技盤装着部15に対して斜めにして遊技盤17のヒンジ側端部17aを遊技盤装着部15の後壁部24と係合部26との間に挿入した後、遊技盤17のヒンジ5,6と反対側を遊技盤装着部15へと17b矢示方向に押圧して、遊技盤17をヒンジ側端部17aの回動中心廻りに17b矢示方向(反時計方向)に回動させながら遊技盤装着部15内に押し込む。そして、盤側コネクタ323が枠側コネクタ324に接近すると、両者が接線方向に円滑に接続する。遊技盤17の押し込み後、固定手段28により遊技盤17を固定すればよい。遊技盤17を取り外す場合には、逆の手順で行う。 When mounting the game board 17 on the game board mounting portion 15, as shown in FIG. 58, the game board 17 is tilted with respect to the game board mounting portion 15 and the hinge side end portion 17a of the game board 17 is mounted on the game board. After being inserted between the rear wall portion 24 of the portion 15 and the engaging portion 26, the side opposite to the hinges 5 and 6 of the game board 17 is pressed against the game board mounting portion 15 in the direction indicated by the arrow 17b, and the game board is pressed. 17 is pushed into the game board mounting portion 15 while rotating in the direction indicated by the arrow 17b (counterclockwise direction) around the rotation center of the hinge side end portion 17a. Then, when the board-side connector 323 approaches the frame-side connector 324, the two are smoothly connected in the tangential direction. After pushing the game board 17, the game board 17 may be fixed by the fixing means 28. When removing the game board 17, the procedure is reversed.

第1外周部材116のヒンジ側にある左外周部分173に逃げ部326を設けておけば、遊技盤17のヒンジ側端部17aを遊技盤装着部15内の後壁部24と係合部26との間に斜め方向に挿入した場合にも、逃げ部326を構成する傾斜面327が左枠部20に近接するだけで、第1外周部材116の左外周部分173が左枠部20と直接干渉することはない。 If the relief portion 326 is provided on the left outer peripheral portion 173 on the hinge side of the first outer peripheral member 116, the hinge side end portion 17a of the game board 17 can be fitted with the rear wall portion 24 in the game board mounting portion 15 and the engaging portion 26. Even when inserted diagonally between the two, the inclined surface 327 constituting the relief portion 326 is only close to the left frame portion 20, and the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 is directly connected to the left frame portion 20. It does not interfere.

従って、遊技盤17のヒンジ側端部17aを左枠部20の近傍まで挿入することができるため、遊技盤装着部15の係合部26の突出量を大にする必要がなく、遊技盤17を遊技盤装着部15に容易に装着することができ、また盤側コネクタ323と枠側コネクタ324とを円滑に接続することができる。 Therefore, since the hinge side end portion 17a of the game board 17 can be inserted to the vicinity of the left frame portion 20, it is not necessary to increase the protrusion amount of the engaging portion 26 of the game board mounting portion 15, and the game board 17 does not need to be large. Can be easily mounted on the game board mounting portion 15, and the board-side connector 323 and the frame-side connector 324 can be smoothly connected.

また逃げ部326は第1外周部材116の左外周部分173に設けた傾斜面327により構成しているため、構造的にも簡単であり、容易に実施することができる。更に逃げ部326を構成する傾斜面327を第1外周部材116の左外周部分173に設ける場合、左外周部分173の狭幅部173bの強度が問題になるが、狭幅部173b及びその周辺部分の内部に補強リブ328を設けることにより、第1外周部材116の内周に外レール112があることと相俟って、第1外周部材116の左外周部分173に所定の強度を確保することができる。 Further, since the relief portion 326 is composed of the inclined surface 327 provided on the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116, it is structurally simple and can be easily implemented. Further, when the inclined surface 327 constituting the relief portion 326 is provided on the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116, the strength of the narrow width portion 173b of the left outer peripheral portion 173 becomes a problem, but the narrow width portion 173b and its peripheral portion become a problem. By providing the reinforcing rib 328 inside the first outer peripheral member 116, a predetermined strength is secured in the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 in combination with the outer rail 112 on the inner circumference of the first outer peripheral member 116. Can be done.

図59~図61は本発明の第7の実施形態を例示する。第1外周部材116の左外周部分173を補強するに当たっては、図59~図61に示すように、狭幅部173bから上下両側の広幅部173a側の近傍又は上下両側の広幅部173aに跨がって上下方向に帯状金属板等の補強部材329を設けてもよい。 59 to 61 illustrate the seventh embodiment of the present invention. In reinforcing the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116, as shown in FIGS. 59 to 61, the narrow width portion 173b straddles the vicinity of the wide portion 173a side on both the upper and lower sides or the wide portion 173a on both the upper and lower sides. Therefore, a reinforcing member 329 such as a strip-shaped metal plate may be provided in the vertical direction.

逃げ部326を構成する傾斜面327は、左外周部分173の前側外周にあり、その傾斜面327の後側に凹部330が形成され、その凹部330内に補強部材329が配置されている。凹部330には上下両側に取り付け部331が設けられ、この取り付け部331に補強部材329がネジ332により固定されている。上下の取り付け部331間には、内周壁175から補強部材329側に突出して当接する当接リブ333が設けられている。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 The inclined surface 327 constituting the relief portion 326 is located on the front outer periphery of the left outer peripheral portion 173, a recess 330 is formed on the rear side of the inclined surface 327, and a reinforcing member 329 is arranged in the recess 330. Mounting portions 331 are provided on both the upper and lower sides of the recess 330, and the reinforcing member 329 is fixed to the mounting portions 331 by screws 332. Between the upper and lower mounting portions 331, contact ribs 333 that project from the inner peripheral wall 175 toward the reinforcing member 329 and come into contact with each other are provided. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

このように金属製の補強部材329を設けて第1外周部材116の左外周部分173を補強してもよい。この場合には、左外周部分173の内外両側に金属製の外レール112と補強部材329とがあるため、左外周部分173を十分に補強することができる。また補強部材329は、逃げ部326の後側に凹部330を形成して、その凹部330内に配置しているので、その補強部材329が逃げ部326の機能を阻害するようなことはない。 In this way, the metal reinforcing member 329 may be provided to reinforce the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116. In this case, since the metal outer rail 112 and the reinforcing member 329 are provided on both the inner and outer sides of the left outer peripheral portion 173, the left outer peripheral portion 173 can be sufficiently reinforced. Further, since the reinforcing member 329 forms a recess 330 on the rear side of the relief portion 326 and is arranged in the recess 330, the reinforcing member 329 does not interfere with the function of the relief portion 326.

なお、補強部材329は、狭幅部173bとその周辺部分に設ける他、第1外周部材116の左外側縁173cに沿って係合部26間の略全長に設けてもよい。 The reinforcing member 329 may be provided in the narrow width portion 173b and its peripheral portion, or may be provided along the left outer edge 173c of the first outer peripheral member 116 at a substantially overall length between the engaging portions 26.

図62は本発明の第8の実施形態を例示する。第1外周部材116の左外周部分173を補強するに当たっては、図62に示すように、左外周部分173と内レール111とを連結壁335により連結して、これらを断面U字状に構成してもよい。連結壁335は案内通路110の球受入れ部113と球打ち込み部114との間の略全体に設けることが望ましい。外レール112は第1外周部材116の内周に設けられている。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 FIG. 62 illustrates an eighth embodiment of the present invention. In reinforcing the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116, as shown in FIG. 62, the left outer peripheral portion 173 and the inner rail 111 are connected by a connecting wall 335 to form a U-shaped cross section. May be. It is desirable that the connecting wall 335 be provided substantially entirely between the ball receiving portion 113 and the ball driving portion 114 of the guide passage 110. The outer rail 112 is provided on the inner circumference of the first outer peripheral member 116. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

このように球受入れ部113と球打ち込み部114との間で左外周部分173と内レール111とを連結壁335を介して断面U字状に連結することにより、第1外周部材116と内レール111との両者を補強することができる。また第1外周部材116と内レール111とが一体であるため、遊技盤17に対する装着も容易にできる。 By connecting the left outer peripheral portion 173 and the inner rail 111 between the ball receiving portion 113 and the ball driving portion 114 in a U-shaped cross section via the connecting wall 335 in this way, the first outer peripheral member 116 and the inner rail are connected. Both with 111 can be reinforced. Further, since the first outer peripheral member 116 and the inner rail 111 are integrated, it can be easily attached to the game board 17.

図63、図64は本発明の第9の実施形態を例示する。第1外周部材116の左外周部分173の逃げ部326は、図63に示すように、左外周部分173の外周側を段違い状又は階段状に構成することも可能である。この実施形態では、左外周部分173の外周側の前後中間に段差部336が設けられ、その段差部336の内端側に、内周壁175に沿って前側に突出する突出部337があり、段差部336の外端側から後側に突出する外周壁176が設けられている。外周壁176は、遊技盤17の前端縁17cと突出部337の前端外側縁337cとを結ぶ線分上に外周面が位置するように傾斜している。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 63 and 64 illustrate a ninth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 63, the relief portion 326 of the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 can be configured such that the outer peripheral side of the left outer peripheral portion 173 is stepped or stepped. In this embodiment, a step portion 336 is provided in the middle of the front and rear on the outer peripheral side of the left outer peripheral portion 173, and a step portion 337 is provided on the inner end side of the step portion 336 so as to project forward along the inner peripheral wall 175. An outer peripheral wall 176 that protrudes from the outer end side to the rear side of the portion 336 is provided. The outer peripheral wall 176 is inclined so that the outer peripheral surface is located on a line segment connecting the front end edge 17c of the game board 17 and the front end outer edge 337c of the protrusion 337. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

このように逃げ部326を段違い状又は階段状に構成した場合でも、遊技盤17のヒンジ側端部17aを遊技盤装着部15に対して斜め方向に挿入したときに、図64に示すように、第1外周部材116の左外周部分173と遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20との干渉を防止することができる。 Even when the relief portion 326 is configured in a stepped shape or a staircase shape in this way, as shown in FIG. 64, when the hinge side end portion 17a of the game board 17 is inserted diagonally with respect to the game board mounting portion 15. It is possible to prevent the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 from interfering with the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15.

従って、逃げ部326は、左外周部分173の外周側が、遊技盤17の前端縁17cと、この前端縁17cから内側に偏位する突出部337の前端外側縁337cとを結ぶ線分から外側に突出しない構造であれば、中間の段差部336を介して段違い状又は階段状に構成することも可能である。 Therefore, in the relief portion 326, the outer peripheral side of the left outer peripheral portion 173 projects outward from the line connecting the front end edge 17c of the game board 17 and the front end outer edge 337c of the protruding portion 337 that is displaced inward from the front end edge 17c. If it is not a structure, it can be configured in a stepped shape or a stepped shape via an intermediate step portion 336.

なお、この実施形態では、遊技盤17の前端縁17cと、この前端縁17cから内側に偏位する突出部337の前端外側縁337cとを結ぶ線分を条件に、その線分内に段違い状又は階段状に逃げ部326を設けているが、遊技盤17を着脱する際に遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20と干渉しない範囲の傾斜線分であればよい。そのため傾斜線分の後端側は、左外周部分173の前後方向の中間位置でもよい。 In this embodiment, on condition that a line segment connecting the front end edge 17c of the game board 17 and the front end outer edge 337c of the protruding portion 337 displaced inward from the front end edge 17c, a stepped pattern is formed within the line segment. Alternatively, although the relief portion 326 is provided in a staircase shape, it may be an inclined line segment within a range that does not interfere with the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15 when the game board 17 is attached or detached. Therefore, the rear end side of the inclined line segment may be an intermediate position in the front-rear direction of the left outer peripheral portion 173.

図65、図66は本発明の第10の実施形態を例示する。この実施形態では、図65に示すように、遊技盤装着部15の左枠部(ヒンジ側枠部)20に装着部側逃げ部326aが、第1外周部材116の左外周部分(ヒンジ側部分)173に外周部材側逃げ部326bが夫々設けられ、これら装着部側逃げ部326aと外周部材側逃げ部326bとにより逃げ部326が構成されている。 65 and 66 illustrate the tenth embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 65, the mounting portion side escape portion 326a is provided on the left frame portion (hinge side frame portion) 20 of the game board mounting portion 15, and the left outer peripheral portion (hinge side portion) of the first outer peripheral member 116 is provided. ) 173 is provided with a relief portion 326b on the outer peripheral member side, respectively, and the relief portion 326 is configured by the relief portion 326a on the mounting portion side and the relief portion 326b on the outer peripheral member side.

外周部材側逃げ部326bは、係合部26間において第1外周部材116の左外周部分173の前端外周に設けられており、左外周部分173の前端外周を切除して傾斜状に構成されている。装着部側逃げ部326aは、少なくとも外周部材側逃げ部326bに対応して遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20に設けられている。この装着部側逃げ部326aは、遊技盤17よりも前側で外側へと凹入する凹部338を左枠部20に設けることにより構成されている。 The outer peripheral member side relief portion 326b is provided on the outer periphery of the front end of the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 between the engaging portions 26, and is configured in an inclined shape by cutting off the outer periphery of the front end of the left outer peripheral portion 173. There is. The mounting portion side relief portion 326a is provided on the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15 at least corresponding to the outer peripheral member side relief portion 326b. The mounting portion side relief portion 326a is configured by providing a recess 338 in the left frame portion 20 that is recessed outward on the front side of the game board 17.

なお、凹部338は遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20の前側部分に上下方向の略全体に設けてもよいし、外周部材側逃げ部326bに対応する部分にのみ設けてもよい。外枠2の左縦枠材12は板金材又は金属型材等により構成されている。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 The recess 338 may be provided in the front side portion of the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15 in substantially the entire vertical direction, or may be provided only in the portion corresponding to the outer peripheral member side relief portion 326b. The left vertical frame material 12 of the outer frame 2 is made of a sheet metal material, a metal mold material, or the like. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

このように第1外周部材116に外周部材側逃げ部326bを、遊技盤装着部15に装着部側逃げ部326aを夫々設けた場合にも、図66に示すように、遊技盤17を遊技盤装着部15に対して傾斜状にしたときに、その第1外周部材116の左外周部分173と遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20との干渉を防止することができる。 As shown in FIG. 66, even when the outer peripheral member side relief portion 326b is provided on the first outer peripheral member 116 and the mounting portion side relief portion 326a is provided on the game board mounting portion 15, the game board 17 is provided on the game board. It is possible to prevent the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116 from interfering with the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15 when the mounting portion 15 is inclined.

また遊技盤装着部15に装着部側逃げ部326aを設けることにより、左外周部分173の前端側外周を僅かに切除する等によって、第1外周部材116に外周部材側逃げ部326bを構成することができる。そのため外周部材側逃げ部326bによる第1外周部材116の強度の低下を極力少なくすることができる。 Further, by providing the mounting portion side relief portion 326a on the game board mounting portion 15, the outer peripheral member side escape portion 326b is configured on the first outer peripheral member 116 by slightly cutting off the front end side outer circumference of the left outer peripheral portion 173. Can be done. Therefore, it is possible to minimize the decrease in the strength of the first outer peripheral member 116 due to the outer peripheral member side relief portion 326b.

図67、図68は本発明の第11の実施形態を例示する。この実施形態では、遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20と第1外周部材116の左外周部分(ヒンジ側部分)173との内、その遊技盤装着部15に装着部側逃げ部326aが設けられており、第1外周部材116には第10の実施形態の外周部材側逃げ部326bに相当するものはない。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 67 and 68 illustrate the eleventh embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, of the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15 and the left outer peripheral portion (hinge side portion) 173 of the first outer peripheral member 116, the game board mounting portion 15 is provided with a mounting portion side escape portion 326a. The first outer peripheral member 116 does not correspond to the outer peripheral member side relief portion 326b of the tenth embodiment. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

このように遊技盤装着部15に装着部側逃げ部326aを設けた場合にも、遊技盤17を遊技盤装着部15に対して傾斜状にしたときに、図68に示すように、第1外周部材116の左外周部分173と遊技盤装着部15の左枠部20との干渉を防止することができる。従って、逃げ部326は、遊技盤装着部15と第1外周部材116との内、何れか一方に設けてもよいし、両方に設けてもよい。 Even when the game board mounting portion 15 is provided with the mounting portion side relief portion 326a in this way, when the game board 17 is inclined with respect to the game board mounting portion 15, as shown in FIG. 68, the first It is possible to prevent interference between the left outer peripheral portion 173 of the outer peripheral member 116 and the left frame portion 20 of the game board mounting portion 15. Therefore, the relief portion 326 may be provided on either one of the game board mounting portion 15 and the first outer peripheral member 116, or may be provided on both.

図69~図72は本発明の第12の実施形態を例示する。この実施形態の内レール111は、透明な合成樹脂材料等により正面視円弧状に金型成型された樹脂製であって、図69に示すように下部レール188と一体に構成されている。そして、この内レール111は、下部レール188側を含む背面側が当接面340となっており、その当接面340が遊技盤17の前面に当接して、両端側の取り付け部138,139の取り付けネジ142,143により遊技盤17の前面に固定され、中間が位置決め突起341,342により位置決めされている。 69 to 72 illustrate the twelfth embodiment of the present invention. The inner rail 111 of this embodiment is made of a resin molded into an arc shape in a front view from a transparent synthetic resin material or the like, and is integrally configured with the lower rail 188 as shown in FIG. 69. The inner rail 111 has a contact surface 340 on the back side including the lower rail 188 side, and the contact surface 340 abuts on the front surface of the game board 17, and the mounting portions 138 and 139 on both ends are provided. It is fixed to the front surface of the game board 17 by the mounting screws 142 and 143, and the middle is positioned by the positioning protrusions 341 and 342.

内レール111は、遊技盤17から前側へと突出する前側部分よりも遊技盤17に近い後側部分の肉厚が大に構成されており、その後端側の当接面340には、この当接面340を外周部245と内周部246とに分ける溝部247がレール長手方向に形成されている。 The inner rail 111 has a larger wall thickness on the rear side portion closer to the game board 17 than the front side portion protruding from the game board 17 to the front side, and the contact surface 340 on the rear end side has this hit. A groove 247 that divides the contact surface 340 into an outer peripheral portion 245 and an inner peripheral portion 246 is formed in the longitudinal direction of the rail.

内レール111は、図69~図72に示すように、遊技盤17から起立し且つ前側よりも遊技盤17側の肉厚が大に構成された起立壁248と、この起立壁248の後端側の外周から内外方向の外側に突出してレール長手方向に設けられた突条部249と、起立壁248の後端側から遊技盤17側へと後方に突出するレール長手方向に一つ又は複数の位置決め突起341,342とを備えている。当接面340は、起立壁248と突条部249とに跨がって形成されており、その当接面340側に外周部245と内周部246とに分ける溝部247がレール長手方向に設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 69 to 72, the inner rail 111 stands up from the game board 17 and has a wall thickness larger on the game board 17 side than the front side, and the standing wall 248 and the rear end of the standing wall 248. One or more in the rail longitudinal direction protruding rearward from the rear end side of the upright wall 248 to the game board 17 side and the ridge portion 249 protruding outward from the outer circumference on the side in the inward and outward directions and provided in the rail longitudinal direction. The positioning protrusions 341 and 342 are provided. The contact surface 340 is formed so as to straddle the upright wall 248 and the ridge portion 249, and a groove portion 247 divided into an outer peripheral portion 245 and an inner peripheral portion 246 is formed on the contact surface 340 side in the rail longitudinal direction. It is provided.

起立壁248の両端には当接面340と面一状に取り付け部138,139があり、その取り付け部138,139が取り付けネジ142,143により遊技盤17に固定されている。突条部249は起立壁248を外周側から補強するためのものであって、遊技球と干渉しないように遊技盤17の前面から遊技球の半径未満の位置で起立壁248の外周側に配置されている。 At both ends of the upright wall 248, there are mounting portions 138 and 139 flush with the contact surface 340, and the mounting portions 138 and 139 are fixed to the game board 17 by mounting screws 142 and 143. The ridge portion 249 is for reinforcing the upright wall 248 from the outer peripheral side, and is arranged on the outer peripheral side of the upright wall 248 from the front surface of the game board 17 at a position less than the radius of the game ball so as not to interfere with the game ball. Has been done.

溝部247は、図71、72に示すようにV状、台形状等の後広がり状であって、その深さは遊技球の半径未満となっている。溝部247は当接面340の内外幅方向の内、突条部249に近い外周寄りに配置されている。その内周部246は広幅であり、外周部245は内周部246よりも狭い狭幅となっている。従って、当接面340側に溝部247を設けることにより、内レール111の後部側の肉厚が大であるにも拘らず、溶融樹脂材料を使用して成型歪みの少ない内レール111を容易に製造することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 71 and 72, the groove portion 247 has a V-shape, a trapezoidal shape, or the like, and the depth thereof is less than the radius of the game ball. The groove portion 247 is arranged in the inner / outer width direction of the contact surface 340, closer to the outer periphery close to the ridge portion 249. The inner peripheral portion 246 has a wide width, and the outer peripheral portion 245 has a narrower width than the inner peripheral portion 246. Therefore, by providing the groove portion 247 on the contact surface 340 side, the inner rail 111 with less molding distortion can be easily formed by using the molten resin material even though the wall thickness on the rear side of the inner rail 111 is large. Can be manufactured.

溝部247はレール長手方向に複数に分割されており、そのレール長手方向に隣り合う溝部247間には、外周部245と内周部246とを一体に連結する連結部343,344が設けられ、その各連結部343,344に位置決め突起341,342が設けられている。そのため内レール111の当接面340側を溝部247を介して内周部246と外周部245とに分けているにも拘わらず、内レール111の剛性の低下等を防止することができる。 The groove portion 247 is divided into a plurality of portions in the longitudinal direction of the rail, and between the groove portions 247 adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction of the rail, connecting portions 343 and 344 for integrally connecting the outer peripheral portion 245 and the inner peripheral portion 246 are provided. Positioning protrusions 341 and 342 are provided on each of the connecting portions 343 and 344. Therefore, although the contact surface 340 side of the inner rail 111 is divided into the inner peripheral portion 246 and the outer peripheral portion 245 via the groove portion 247, it is possible to prevent the rigidity of the inner rail 111 from being lowered.

位置決め突起341は大突起であり、位置決め突起342は小突起であって、その大小の位置決め突起341,342が交互に配置されている。大の位置決め突起341には肉厚調整穴341aが凹入状に形成されている。各位置決め突起341,342は対応する位置決め孔345,346に夫々遊嵌状又は密嵌状に挿入されている。 The positioning protrusions 341 are large protrusions, the positioning protrusions 342 are small protrusions, and the large and small positioning protrusions 341 and 342 are alternately arranged. A wall thickness adjusting hole 341a is formed in a recessed shape in the large positioning protrusion 341. Each of the positioning protrusions 341 and 342 is inserted into the corresponding positioning holes 345 and 346 in a loose-fitting shape or a tight-fitting shape, respectively.

例えば、位置決め突起341を遊技盤17の大の位置決め孔345に密嵌状に挿入し、位置決め突起342を遊技盤17の小の位置決め孔346に遊嵌状に挿入した場合には、位置決め突起341、位置決め孔345に対応する部分では内レール111を略固定でき、また位置決め突起342、位置決め孔346に対応する部分では内レール111に遊びを持たせることができるので、位置決め突起342周辺の内レール111に内外方向の弾性を持たせて、遊技球が衝突したときの衝撃を内レール111の弾性変形により吸収することができる。 For example, when the positioning protrusion 341 is tightly fitted into the large positioning hole 345 of the game board 17 and the positioning protrusion 342 is loosely fitted into the small positioning hole 346 of the game board 17, the positioning protrusion 341 is inserted. Since the inner rail 111 can be substantially fixed in the portion corresponding to the positioning hole 345, and the inner rail 111 can have play in the portion corresponding to the positioning protrusion 342 and the positioning hole 346, the inner rail around the positioning protrusion 342 can be provided. The 111 can be provided with elasticity in the inward and outward directions, and the impact when the game ball collides can be absorbed by the elastic deformation of the inner rail 111.

また位置決め突起341で内レール111を遊技盤17に対して固定状態に位置決めできるので、位置決め突起341の近傍で内レール111に遊技球が衝突した場合にも、その衝撃に対して十分に抗することができ、内レール111の不安定なグラツキ等を防止することができる。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 Further, since the inner rail 111 can be positioned in a fixed state with respect to the game board 17 by the positioning protrusion 341, even if the game ball collides with the inner rail 111 in the vicinity of the positioning protrusion 341, it sufficiently resists the impact. This makes it possible to prevent unstable glare and the like of the inner rail 111. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

図73~図76は本発明の第13の実施形態を例示する。この実施形態の内レール111は、図73に示すように、両端の取り付け部138,139から中間部分を含む背面側の略全体が面一状の当接面340となっており、その当接面340が遊技盤17の前面に当接して、両端の取り付け部138,139が取り付けネジ142,143、位置決め突起140,141により遊技盤17の前面に固定され、また中間が位置決め孔345に挿入される位置決め突起341により位置決めされている。なお、内レール111は、起立壁248と突条部249とを有する。 73 to 76 illustrate the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 73, in the inner rail 111 of this embodiment, substantially the entire back surface side including the intermediate portion from the mounting portions 138 and 139 at both ends is a flush contact surface 340, and the contact surface thereof is formed. The surface 340 abuts on the front surface of the game board 17, and the mounting portions 138 and 139 at both ends are fixed to the front surface of the game board 17 by the mounting screws 142 and 143 and the positioning protrusions 140 and 141, and the middle is inserted into the positioning hole 345. It is positioned by the positioning projection 341 to be formed. The inner rail 111 has an upright wall 248 and a ridge portion 249.

位置決め突起341は、図74~図76に示すように、内部に肉厚調整穴341aを有し且つ内レール111の起立壁248及び突条部249から後方に一体に突出する中空筒状である。この位置決め突起341の基部側外周には、当接面340から凹入する周溝347が形成されている。肉厚調整穴341aの深さは周溝347と同程度か、周溝347よりも若干深いか浅い程度である。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 As shown in FIGS. 74 to 76, the positioning protrusion 341 is a hollow cylinder having a wall thickness adjusting hole 341a inside and integrally projecting rearward from the upright wall 248 and the ridge portion 249 of the inner rail 111. .. A peripheral groove 347 recessed from the contact surface 340 is formed on the outer periphery of the positioning protrusion 341 on the base side. The depth of the wall thickness adjusting hole 341a is about the same as that of the peripheral groove 347, or slightly deeper or shallower than that of the peripheral groove 347. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

このように起立壁248、突条部249を有する内レール111の当接面340側に一体に位置決め突起341を設けるに当たって、その位置決め突起341の基部側外周に周溝347を設けることにより、位置決め突起341の基部側での内レール111の体積を小さくすることができ、内レール111の成型歪みの発生を防止することができる。 In this way, when the positioning protrusion 341 is integrally provided on the contact surface 340 side of the inner rail 111 having the upright wall 248 and the ridge portion 249, positioning is performed by providing a peripheral groove 347 on the outer periphery of the base side of the positioning protrusion 341. The volume of the inner rail 111 on the base side of the protrusion 341 can be reduced, and the occurrence of molding distortion of the inner rail 111 can be prevented.

また位置決め突起341の基部側外周に周溝347を設けることによって、周溝347の深さ分だけ位置決め突起341の長さが大になるので、位置決め突起341の長さを実質的に長くできる。その結果、遊技球が起立壁248に衝突したときに位置決め突起341に加わる衝撃を軽減でき、位置決め突起341の付け根部分の剪断等を防止することができる。 Further, by providing the peripheral groove 347 on the outer periphery of the base side of the positioning projection 341, the length of the positioning projection 341 is increased by the depth of the peripheral groove 347, so that the length of the positioning projection 341 can be substantially increased. As a result, the impact applied to the positioning protrusion 341 when the game ball collides with the upright wall 248 can be reduced, and the shearing of the base portion of the positioning protrusion 341 can be prevented.

更に透明樹脂板等の遊技盤17において、位置決め孔345の成形時にその口縁にバリ等が発生するようなことがあっても、位置決め突起341の基部側外周に周溝347を設けることにより、そのバリ等に関係なく内レール111の当接面340を確実に遊技盤17の前面に当接させることができ、内レール111の部分的な浮き上がりを防止することかできる。 Further, in a game board 17 such as a transparent resin plate, even if burrs or the like may be generated on the rim of the positioning hole 345 during molding, the peripheral groove 347 is provided on the outer periphery of the positioning protrusion 341 on the base side. The contact surface 340 of the inner rail 111 can be reliably brought into contact with the front surface of the game board 17 regardless of the burrs and the like, and partial lifting of the inner rail 111 can be prevented.

図77~図79は本発明の第14の実施形態を例示する。この実施形態では、図77~図79に示すように、遊技盤17のアウト口134の前側で下部レール188から下側へと凹入して形成された案内凹部189と、下部レール188から後方に突出して遊技盤17のアウト口134の内周側に配置され且つ案内凹部189内の遊技球を遊技盤17の裏側へと誘導する横長樋状の誘導通路部190と、下部レール188の上側で誘導通路部190の前端外周に鍔状に形成され且つ遊技盤17のアウト口134の周縁部分を前側から覆う前飾り部191とを一体に備え、その案内凹部189、誘導通路部190には、前後方向の突条194が左右方向に複数設けられている。 77 to 79 illustrate the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 77 to 79, a guide recess 189 formed by recessing downward from the lower rail 188 on the front side of the out port 134 of the game board 17, and rearward from the lower rail 188. A horizontally long gutter-shaped guide passage portion 190, which is arranged on the inner peripheral side of the out port 134 of the game board 17 and guides the game ball in the guide recess 189 to the back side of the game board 17, and the upper side of the lower rail 188. The guide recess 189 and the guide passage 190 are integrally provided with a front decorative portion 191 that is formed in a rail shape on the outer periphery of the front end of the guide passage portion 190 and covers the peripheral portion of the out port 134 of the game board 17 from the front side. , A plurality of ridges 194 in the front-rear direction are provided in the left-right direction.

下部レール188の上面には、前飾り部191の前側にアウト球の接近を阻止する接近阻止部192と、接近阻止部192の前側へとアウト球を迂回させて案内凹部189へと案内する迂回路193が案内凹部189の左右両側に設けられている。 On the upper surface of the lower rail 188, there is an approach blocking portion 192 that blocks the approach of the out ball to the front side of the front decoration portion 191 and a detour that diverts the out ball to the front side of the approach blocking portion 192 and guides it to the guide recess 189. Roads 193 are provided on both the left and right sides of the guide recess 189.

接近阻止部192は、迂回路193が前下り状に傾斜するのに対して、迂回路193の傾斜面から上側に緩やかに盛り上がる盛り上がり状に形成されている。そして、この接近阻止部192は、前飾り部191の左右方向の先端近傍又はその外方側近傍と案内凹部189の左右両側の前後中央部との間の平面視三角形状の範囲に設けられている。 The approach blocking portion 192 is formed in a raised shape that gently rises upward from the inclined surface of the detour 193, while the detour 193 is inclined forward and downward. The anti-access portion 192 is provided in a triangular range in a plan view between the vicinity of the tip of the front decorative portion 191 in the left-right direction or the vicinity thereof on the outer side and the front-rear center portions on the left and right sides of the guide recess 189. There is.

このように接近阻止部192は、案内凹部189の左右両側に下部レール188の上面から上側へと盛り上がり状に形成した場合にも、その接近阻止部192によってアウト球の前飾り部191側への接近を阻止することができる。 In this way, even when the anti-access portion 192 is formed on the left and right sides of the guide recess 189 in a bulging shape from the upper surface of the lower rail 188 to the upper side, the anti-access portion 192 allows the out-ball to the front decorative portion 191 side. It can block the approach.

案内凹部189の左右両側では、その案内凹部189の近傍の下部レール188の傾斜角度がα40と大であって、下部レール188上の遊技球がその前側に集中し易い上に、前飾り部191に近い後部側が一段と高く盛り上がる接近阻止部192となり、その接近阻止部192の前側が迂回路193となっている。 On both the left and right sides of the guide recess 189, the inclination angle of the lower rail 188 in the vicinity of the guide recess 189 is as large as α40, so that the game balls on the lower rail 188 can easily concentrate on the front side thereof, and the front decoration portion 191 The rear side close to is the approach blocking portion 192 that rises higher, and the front side of the approach blocking portion 192 is the detour 193.

そのため左右両側から中央の案内凹部189へと移動するアウト球は、接近阻止部192によって前飾り部191の前面側への接近を阻止されることになり、ガラス板76により案内されながら下部レール188の前部側の迂回路193を経由して案内凹部189へと図37のX139矢示方向に移動する。 Therefore, the out ball moving from both the left and right sides to the central guide recess 189 is blocked from approaching the front side of the front decorative portion 191 by the anti-access portion 192, and the lower rail 188 is guided by the glass plate 76. It moves to the guide recess 189 via the detour 193 on the front side of the above in the direction indicated by X139 in FIG. 37.

従って、アウト球が前飾り部191の前面に接触しなくなるか、接触する機会が少なくなるため、アウト球との接触による前飾り部191の前面側の擦過痕、汚れ等を防止することができる。 Therefore, since the out ball does not come into contact with the front surface of the front decorative portion 191 or the chance of contact is reduced, it is possible to prevent scratches, stains, etc. on the front surface side of the front decorative portion 191 due to contact with the out ball. ..

なお、下部レール188の上面は左右方向の全体が前下がり状に傾斜しているが、アウト口134の前側から左右両側の一定範囲に、例えば左右の接近阻止部192とその前側に位置する迂回路193とを設ければよい。他の構成は各実施形態と略同様である。 The upper surface of the lower rail 188 is slanted in a downward-sloping manner as a whole in the left-right direction. A road 193 may be provided. Other configurations are substantially the same as those of each embodiment.

図80は本発明の第15の実施形態を例示する。下部レール188には、図80に示すように、案内凹部189の左右両側に接近阻止部192が設けられている。この接近阻止部192は、下部レール188の迂回路193の後部側から前飾り部191側へと高く傾斜しながら円弧状に反り上がる反り上がり状に形成されている。なお、接近阻止部192は、前飾り部191の左右両側に対応する範囲に設けられている。 FIG. 80 illustrates a fifteenth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 80, the lower rail 188 is provided with anti-access portions 192 on both the left and right sides of the guide recess 189. The approach blocking portion 192 is formed in a warped shape in which the lower rail 188 warps in an arc shape while tilting high from the rear side of the detour 193 to the front decorative portion 191 side. The anti-access portion 192 is provided in a range corresponding to both the left and right sides of the front decorative portion 191.

このように迂回路193の後部側から前飾り部191側へと高く傾斜しながら円弧状に反り上がる形状の接近阻止部192を設けても、その接近阻止部192によってアウト球の前飾り部191側への接近を阻止することができる。従って、接近阻止部193は前飾り部191への遊技球の接近を阻止できるならば、その形状、構造は問題ではなく、任意の形状、構造を採用することが可能である。 Even if the anti-access portion 192 having a shape that warps in an arc shape while tilting high from the rear side of the detour 193 to the front decoration portion 191 side is provided, the approach blocking portion 192 causes the front decoration portion 191 of the out ball. It can prevent the approach to the side. Therefore, as long as the anti-access portion 193 can prevent the game ball from approaching the front decoration portion 191, its shape and structure do not matter, and any shape and structure can be adopted.

図81~図83は本発明の第16の実施形態を例示する。この大入賞手段132は、図81~図83に示すように、遊技盤17の前側で入賞口ケース150に上向きに開口状に形成された入賞口151と、前後方向に出退して入賞口151の上側を開閉可能であり且つ入賞口151の上側に突出して入賞口151が閉状態のときに遊技球を左方向に案内可能な開閉部材152と、開閉部材152の右側に配置され且つ遊技球を左方向に案内可能な第1傾斜通路153とを備え、第1傾斜通路153には遊技球をジグザグ状に転動させるための突起160a~160eが前後両側に設けられている。なお、開閉部材152の左側には、第1の実施形態と同様に第2傾斜通路(図示省略)が設けられている。 81 to 83 illustrate the sixteenth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 81 to 83, the large winning means 132 has a winning opening 151 formed in an upward opening shape in the winning opening case 150 on the front side of the game board 17, and a winning opening that moves in and out in the front-rear direction. An opening / closing member 152 that can open / close the upper side of the 151 and that projects to the upper side of the winning opening 151 to guide the game ball to the left when the winning opening 151 is closed, and an opening / closing member 152 arranged on the right side of the opening / closing member 152 and playing a game. A first inclined passage 153 capable of guiding the ball to the left is provided, and protrusions 160a to 160e for rolling the game ball in a zigzag shape are provided on both front and rear sides of the first inclined passage 153. A second inclined passage (not shown) is provided on the left side of the opening / closing member 152 as in the first embodiment.

第1傾斜通路153は、遊技盤17の前面に当接して配置された後案内板155と、この後案内板155の前側に所定の間隔をおいて略平行に配置された前案内板156と、前後案内板155,156間に傾斜角度α157で左下がりの傾斜状に配置された傾斜通路板157とを備えている。 The first inclined passage 153 includes a rear guide plate 155 arranged in contact with the front surface of the game board 17, and a front guide plate 156 arranged substantially parallel to the front side of the rear guide plate 155 at a predetermined interval. It is provided with an inclined passage plate 157 arranged in an inclined shape downward to the left at an inclination angle α157 between the front and rear guide plates 155 and 156.

前案内板156には、開閉部材152の左右両側から入賞口151の左右両側を経て入賞口151の下側を取り囲む囲繞壁159が一体に設けられ、その囲繞壁159の上部側が第1傾斜通路153の傾斜通路板157となっている。そのため傾斜通路板157は前案内板156と一体であり、後案内板155とは別体となっている。 The front guide plate 156 is integrally provided with a surrounding wall 159 that surrounds the lower side of the winning opening 151 from the left and right sides of the opening / closing member 152 via the left and right sides of the winning opening 151, and the upper side of the surrounding wall 159 is the first inclined passage. It is an inclined passage plate 157 of 153. Therefore, the inclined passage plate 157 is integrated with the front guide plate 156 and is separate from the rear guide plate 155.

傾斜通路板157は、図83に示すように、これと一体の前案内板156側の高さが高く、別体の後案内板155側の高さが低くなるように傾斜角度β157で後下りに傾斜しており、左右方向の同一位置ではその前後で高低差hがある。なお、傾斜通路板157は一体の前案内板156側の板厚を厚くし、別体の後案内板155側の板厚を薄くして、傾斜通路板157の前後の高低差hを確保している。 As shown in FIG. 83, the inclined passage plate 157 descends backward at an inclination angle β157 so that the height on the front guide plate 156 side integrated with the inclined passage plate 157 is high and the height on the separate rear guide plate 155 side is low. At the same position in the left-right direction, there is a height difference h before and after that. The inclined passage plate 157 has a thicker plate thickness on the integrated front guide plate 156 side and a thinner plate thickness on the separate rear guide plate 155 side to secure a height difference h before and after the inclined passage plate 157. ing.

また、第1傾斜通路153には、前案内板156、後案内板155に障害用の突起160a~160eが設けられている。突起160a~160eは、入賞口151の近傍の後案内板155に突起160eが位置するように、前案内板156、後案内板155に左右方向に交互に配置されており、傾斜通路板157上に落下した遊技球が突起160a~160eに交互に衝突しながら入賞口151側へとジグザグ状に移動するようになっている。 Further, the first inclined passage 153 is provided with protrusions 160a to 160e for obstacles on the front guide plate 156 and the rear guide plate 155. The protrusions 160a to 160e are alternately arranged in the front guide plate 156 and the rear guide plate 155 in the left-right direction so that the protrusions 160e are located on the rear guide plate 155 near the winning opening 151, and are arranged on the inclined passage plate 157. The game balls that have fallen to the top move in a zigzag manner toward the winning opening 151 while alternately colliding with the protrusions 160a to 160e.

傾斜通路板157は、傾斜角度α157で左下りに傾斜し、且つ傾斜角度β157で後下りに傾斜しているため、遊技球が図82のa矢示方向、c矢示方向へと左前向きに移動する場合と、b矢示方向、d矢示方向へと左後向きに移動する場合とでは、遊技球が実際に移動する移動経路の勾配が異なったものとなる。 Since the inclined passage plate 157 is inclined to the left at the inclination angle α157 and is inclined to the rearward at the inclination angle β157, the game ball is inclined to the left forward in the a arrow direction and the c arrow direction in FIG. The slope of the movement path on which the game ball actually moves differs between the case of moving and the case of moving in the direction indicated by the arrow b and the direction indicated by the arrow d to the left.

即ち、遊技球がa矢示方向、c矢示方向へと移動する場合の移動経路では、傾斜角度β157が傾斜角度α157に対して抑制的に作用して勾配が傾斜角度αよりも小となり、b矢示方向、d矢示方向へと移動する場合の移動経路では、傾斜角度α157に傾斜角度β157が加わって勾配が傾斜角度α157よりも大となる。 That is, in the movement path when the game ball moves in the direction indicated by a arrow and the direction indicated by c arrow, the inclination angle β157 acts suppressively with respect to the inclination angle α157, and the inclination becomes smaller than the inclination angle α. In the movement path when moving in the direction indicated by b arrow and the direction indicated by d arrow, the inclination angle β157 is added to the inclination angle α157, and the inclination becomes larger than the inclination angle α157.

従って、a矢示方向、c矢示方向へと移動する場合と、b矢示方向、d矢示方向へと移動する場合の遊技球の移動速度を比較すると、b矢示方向、d矢示方向へと移動する場合の遊技球の移動速度が、a矢示方向、c矢示方向へと移動する場合の遊技球の移動速度よりも速くなる。 Therefore, when comparing the movement speeds of the game balls when moving in the a arrow direction and c arrow direction and when moving in the b arrow direction and d arrow direction, the b arrow direction and d arrow direction are compared. The moving speed of the game ball when moving in the direction is faster than the moving speed of the game ball when moving in the direction indicated by the arrow a and the direction indicated by the arrow c.

このような構成の第1傾斜経路153を採用すれば、傾斜通路板157上に落下して入賞口151、開閉部材152側へと移動する遊技球は各突起160a~160eに交互に衝突するため、移動速度を制限しながらジグザグ状に移動させることができる。そのため傾斜通路板157から開閉部材152上に移動した遊技球が開閉部材152上を通過する時間も長くなり、遊技球が開閉部材152を通過し終わるまでに開閉部材152が後退して、開閉部材152上を通過中の遊技球が入賞口151に入賞する可能性を大きくすることができる。 If the first inclined path 153 having such a configuration is adopted, the game balls that fall on the inclined passage plate 157 and move to the winning opening 151 and the opening / closing member 152 side alternately collide with the protrusions 160a to 160e. , It is possible to move in a zigzag shape while limiting the movement speed. Therefore, the time for the game ball that has moved from the inclined passage plate 157 to the opening / closing member 152 to pass over the opening / closing member 152 becomes longer, and the opening / closing member 152 retracts by the time the game ball finishes passing through the opening / closing member 152, and the opening / closing member It is possible to increase the possibility that a game ball passing over 152 will win a prize in the winning opening 151.

しかも、第1傾斜通路153の傾斜通路板157が傾斜角度α157と傾斜角度β157とで二方向に傾斜しているため、遊技球がジグザグ状に移動するときの移動方向に応じてその移動速度を交互に変化させることができる。 Moreover, since the inclined passage plate 157 of the first inclined passage 153 is inclined in two directions at the inclination angle α157 and the inclination angle β157, the moving speed is adjusted according to the moving direction when the game ball moves in a zigzag shape. It can be changed alternately.

従って、傾斜通路板157が傾斜角度α157で一方向に傾斜するだけであって、傾斜通路板157の前後両側の前案内板156、後案内板155に突起160a~160eがなければ、傾斜通路板157上に落下した遊技球は、上流側から下流側へと所定の移動速度で一方向へと単純に移動するだけであるが、傾斜通路板157が傾斜角度α157と傾斜角度β157とで二方向に傾斜することと、傾斜通路板157の前後両側に左右方向に交互に突起160a~160eを配置することによって、傾斜通路板157上での遊技球の移動に複雑な変化を持たせることができる。 Therefore, if the inclined passage plate 157 is only inclined in one direction at the inclination angle α 157, and the front guide plates 156 and the rear guide plates 155 on both front and rear sides of the inclined passage plate 157 do not have protrusions 160a to 160e, the inclined passage plate The game ball that has fallen on 157 simply moves in one direction from the upstream side to the downstream side at a predetermined movement speed, but the inclined passage plate 157 has two directions at an inclination angle α157 and an inclination angle β157. By arranging the protrusions 160a to 160e alternately in the left-right direction on both the front and rear sides of the inclined passage plate 157, it is possible to give a complicated change to the movement of the game ball on the inclined passage plate 157. ..

なお、突起160a~160eは左右方向に等間隔で配置しているが、図82に二点鎖線で示すように、移動速度の遅いa矢示方向、c矢示方向の先にある前案内板156側の突起160b,160cは上手側に配置する等、左右の突起160a~160e間の間隔を変化させて配置することも可能である。 The protrusions 160a to 160e are arranged at equal intervals in the left-right direction, but as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. The protrusions 160b and 160c on the 156 side can be arranged on the upper side, and the distance between the left and right protrusions 160a to 160e can be changed.

図84、図85は本発明の第17の実施形態を例示する。この大入賞手段132は、図84、図85に示すように、入賞口ケース150に上向き開口状に形成された入賞口151と、前後方向に出退して入賞口151の上側を開閉可能であり且つ入賞口151の上側に突出して入賞口151が閉状態のときに遊技球を左方向に案内可能な開閉部材152と、開閉部材152の左右両側に配置され且つ遊技球を左方向に案内可能な第1傾斜通路153及び第2傾斜通路154とを備えている。 84 and 85 illustrate the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 84 and 85, the large winning means 132 can open and close the winning opening 151 formed in the winning opening case 150 in an upward opening shape and the upper side of the winning opening 151 by moving in and out in the front-rear direction. An opening / closing member 152 that protrudes above the winning opening 151 and can guide the game ball to the left when the winning opening 151 is closed, and an opening / closing member 152 that is arranged on both the left and right sides of the opening / closing member 152 and guides the game ball to the left. It is provided with a possible first inclined passage 153 and a second inclined passage 154.

第1傾斜通路153には前案内板156と、後案内板155と、傾斜通路板157と、前案内板156に設けられた突起160とが設けられている。第2傾斜通路154には前案内板156と、後案内板155と、傾斜通路板158とが設けられている。 The first inclined passage 153 is provided with a front guide plate 156, a rear guide plate 155, an inclined passage plate 157, and a protrusion 160 provided on the front guide plate 156. The second inclined passage 154 is provided with a front guide plate 156, a rear guide plate 155, and an inclined passage plate 158.

第1傾斜通路153は、遊技盤17の前面に当接して配置された後案内板155と、この後案内板155の前側に所定の間隔をおいて略平行に配置された前案内板156と、前後案内板155,156間に傾斜角度α157で左下がりの傾斜状に配置された傾斜通路板157とを備えている。後案内板155には、開閉部材152の左右両側から入賞口151の左右両側を経て入賞口151の下側を取り囲む囲繞壁159が一体に設けられている。 The first inclined passage 153 includes a rear guide plate 155 arranged in contact with the front surface of the game board 17, and a front guide plate 156 arranged substantially parallel to the front side of the rear guide plate 155 at a predetermined interval. It is provided with an inclined passage plate 157 arranged in an inclined shape downward to the left at an inclination angle α157 between the front and rear guide plates 155 and 156. The rear guide plate 155 is integrally provided with a surrounding wall 159 that surrounds the lower side of the winning opening 151 from the left and right sides of the opening / closing member 152 through the left and right sides of the winning opening 151.

傾斜通路板157,158は、図85に示すように、これと一体の後案内板155側の高さが高く、別体の前案内板156側の高さが低くなるように傾斜角度β157で後下りに傾斜しており、左右方向の同一位置ではその前後で高低差hがある。傾斜通路板157,158は一体の後案内板155側の板厚を厚くし、別体の前案内板156側の板厚を薄くして、傾斜通路板157,158の前後の高低差hを確保している。前案内板156には、第1傾斜通路153の入賞口151側の端部に突起160が設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 85, the inclined passage plates 157 and 158 have an inclination angle β157 so that the height on the rear guide plate 155 side integrated with the inclined passage plate 157 and 158 is high and the height on the separate front guide plate 156 side is low. It is inclined backward and downward, and at the same position in the left-right direction, there is a height difference h before and after that position. The inclined passage plates 157 and 158 have a thicker plate thickness on the one-piece rear guide plate 155 side and a thinner plate thickness on the separate front guide plate 156 side to reduce the height difference h before and after the inclined passage plates 157 and 158. I have secured it. The front guide plate 156 is provided with a protrusion 160 at the end of the first inclined passage 153 on the winning opening 151 side.

このように傾斜通路板157を後案内板155と一体に形成する場合には、傾斜通路板157は傾斜角度β157で前下りの傾斜状に設けてもよく、第1の実施形態と同様の効果を奏することが可能である。 When the inclined passage plate 157 is integrally formed with the rear guide plate 155 in this way, the inclined passage plate 157 may be provided in a forward-downward inclined shape at an inclined angle β157, and has the same effect as that of the first embodiment. It is possible to play.

また傾斜通路板157は傾斜角度β157で前下りの傾斜状に設ける場合でも、第16の実施形態と同様に、後案内板155及び前案内板156に左右方向に交互に突起160a~160eを設けてもよい。 Further, even when the inclined passage plate 157 is provided so as to be inclined forward and downward at an inclination angle β157, protrusions 160a to 160e are alternately provided on the rear guide plate 155 and the front guide plate 156 in the left-right direction as in the sixteenth embodiment. You may.

図86~図92は本発明の第18の実施形態を例示する。この前扉4は、図86に示すように、合成樹脂等の樹脂材料により一体成型された樹脂製扉枠350と、この樹脂製扉枠350を裏側から補強する板金製等の金属製扉枠39と、樹脂製扉枠350の前側に着脱自在に装着された前扉カバー40とを備えている。 86-92 exemplify the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 86, the front door 4 has a resin door frame 350 integrally molded from a resin material such as synthetic resin, and a metal door frame made of sheet metal or the like that reinforces the resin door frame 350 from the back side. 39 and a front door cover 40 detachably attached to the front side of the resin door frame 350 are provided.

樹脂製扉枠350は、視認窓42の左右両側に上下方向に配置された左縦枠部(ヒンジ側縦枠部)351及び右縦枠部(反ヒンジ側縦枠部)352と、視認窓42の上下両側に左右方向に配置され且つ左縦枠部351と右縦枠部352との上下両端を左右に連結する上横枠部353及び下横枠部354を備え、外周側には各枠部351~354に跨がって周方向の略全周に化粧用の外周枠部355が設けられている。 The resin door frame 350 includes a left vertical frame portion (vertical frame portion on the hinge side) 351 and a right vertical frame portion (vertical frame portion on the anti-hinge side) 352 arranged in the vertical direction on both the left and right sides of the viewing window 42, and the viewing window. An upper horizontal frame portion 353 and a lower horizontal frame portion 354 that are arranged in the left-right direction on both the upper and lower sides of the 42 and connect the upper and lower ends of the left vertical frame portion 351 and the right vertical frame portion 352 to the left and right are provided, and each is provided on the outer peripheral side. An outer peripheral frame portion 355 for cosmetics is provided on substantially the entire circumference in the circumferential direction straddling the frame portions 351 to 354.

前扉カバー40は、図86に示すように、樹脂製扉枠350の左縦枠部351、右縦枠部352、上横枠部353及び下横枠部354に対応して左側部カバー356、右側部カバー357、上部カバー358、下部ユニット359に別れている。左側部カバー356、右側部カバー357、上部カバー358、下部ユニット359は、樹脂製扉枠350の外周枠部355に対応する部分がその外周枠部355に前側から当接するように、左縦枠部351、右縦枠部352、上横枠部353及び下横枠部354に取り付けネジ等で固定されている。なお、前扉カバー40の構成は第1の実施形態と同様である。 As shown in FIG. 86, the front door cover 40 corresponds to the left vertical frame portion 351 and the right vertical frame portion 352, the upper horizontal frame portion 353, and the lower horizontal frame portion 354 of the resin door frame 350, and the left side cover 356. It is divided into a right side cover 357, an upper cover 358, and a lower unit 359. The left side cover 356, the right side cover 357, the upper cover 358, and the lower unit 359 have a left vertical frame so that the portion corresponding to the outer peripheral frame portion 355 of the resin door frame 350 abuts on the outer peripheral frame portion 355 from the front side. It is fixed to the portion 351, the right vertical frame portion 352, the upper horizontal frame portion 353, and the lower horizontal frame portion 354 with mounting screws or the like. The configuration of the front door cover 40 is the same as that of the first embodiment.

金属製扉枠39は、図87に示すように、左右両側に上下方向に配置された左縦部材(ヒンジ側縦部材)44及び右縦部材(反ヒンジ側縦部材)45と、上下両側に左右方向に配置され且つ左縦部材44及び右縦部材45の上下両端を左右に連結する上横部材46及び下横部材47とを備え、この左右縦部材44,45及び上下横部材46,47を上下、左右の四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRで結合して矩形状に構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 87, the metal door frame 39 includes a left vertical member (longitudinal member on the hinge side) 44 and a right vertical member (vertical member on the anti-hinge side) 45 arranged in the vertical direction on both the left and right sides, and the metal door frame 39 on both the upper and lower sides. The left and right vertical members 44, 45 and the vertical and horizontal members 46, 47 are provided with an upper horizontal member 46 and a lower horizontal member 47 that are arranged in the left-right direction and connect the upper and lower ends of the left vertical member 44 and the right vertical member 45 to the left and right. Is connected by the joints UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four corners of the top, bottom, left, and right to form a rectangular shape.

四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRには、図87~図91に示すように、対応する各部材44~47相互間に前後に重合する重合部48ul,48ur,49ll,49lrと被重合部50ul,50ur,51ll,51lrとが設けられており、その重合部48ul,48ur,49ll,49lrと被重合部50ul,50ur,51ll,51lrとがネジ(締結具)52~55により前後方向に締結されている。 As shown in FIGS. 87 to 91, the coupling portions UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four corners are polymerized with the polymerization portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll, and 49llr that polymerize back and forth between the corresponding members 44 to 47. The portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll, 51ll are provided, and the superposed portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll, 49ll and the polymerized portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll, 51ll are connected in the front-rear direction by screws (fasteners) 52 to 55. It has been concluded.

上側の左右結合部UL,URには、図87~図89に示すように、重合部48ul,48ur及び被重合部50ul,50urの他に、上横部材46と左右縦部材44,45とが左右方向(左右方向及び/又は上下方向)に当接する当接部56ul,56ur及び被当接部57ul,57urを備えている。また下側の左右結合部LL,LRの内、一方の左結合部LLは、重合部49ll及び被重合部51llの他に、下横部材47と左縦部材44とが左右方向(左右方向及び/又は上下方向)に当接する当接部58ll及び被当接部59llを備え、他方の右結合部LRは、重合部49lr及び被重合部51lrがあるが、下横部材47が右縦部材45に対して左右方向(左右方向及び/又は上下方向)に当接しない構成になっている。 As shown in FIGS. 87 to 89, the upper left and right coupling portions UL and UR include upper horizontal members 46 and left and right vertical members 44 and 45 in addition to the superposed portions 48 ul and 48 ur and the polymerized portions 50 ul and 50 ur. It is provided with contact portions 56ul, 56ur and contacted portions 57ul, 57ur that come into contact with each other in the left-right direction (horizontal direction and / or up-down direction). Further, in the left joint portion LL of the lower left and right joint portions LL and LR, in addition to the polymerized portion 49 ll and the polymerized portion 51 ll, the lower horizontal member 47 and the left vertical member 44 are in the left-right direction (left-right direction and). (/ Or in the vertical direction), the contact portion 58 ll and the contact portion 59 ll are provided, and the other right coupling portion LR has a polymerized portion 49 ll and a polymerized portion 51 ll, but the lower horizontal member 47 is a right vertical member 45. It is configured so that it does not abut in the left-right direction (horizontal direction and / or vertical direction).

上横部材46は板状であって、図87~図89に示すように、下縁側がアーチ状になっている。この上横部材46の左右両側の左右結合部UL,URには、屈曲状に形成された当接部56ul,56urを介して左右方向の外側に突出する重合部48ul,48urが上下方向に複数設けられている。 The upper horizontal member 46 has a plate shape, and as shown in FIGS. 87 to 89, the lower edge side has an arch shape. In the left and right joint portions UL and UR on both the left and right sides of the upper horizontal member 46, a plurality of overlapping portions 48ul and 48ur protruding outward in the left and right direction via the abutting portions 56ul and 56ur formed in a bent shape are provided in the vertical direction. It is provided.

そし、左右結合部UL,URにおいて、その当接部56ul,56urが左右縦部材44,45の被当接部57ul,57urに左右方向の内側から当接され、重合部48ul,48urが左右縦部材44,45の前面側の被重合部50ul,50urに対して重合されてネジ52,53により締結されている。 Then, in the left-right coupling portions UL and UR, the abutting portions 56ul and 56ur are abutted against the abutted portions 57ul and 57ur of the left and right vertical members 44 and 45 from the inside in the left-right direction, and the overlapping portions 48ul and 48ur are left and right vertical. It is polymerized with respect to the parts to be polymerized 50ul and 50ur on the front surface side of the members 44 and 45 and fastened by screws 52 and 53.

左右縦部材44,45は断面コ字状である。左縦部材44の上端側には、図88に示すように、内側に突出するように被重合部50ulが設けられ、その被重合部50ulの先端が被当接部57ulとなっている。右縦部材45の上端側には、前面に被重合部50urが設けられ、また内側が被当接部57urとなっている。 The left and right vertical members 44 and 45 have a U-shaped cross section. As shown in FIG. 88, a polymerized portion 50 ul is provided on the upper end side of the left vertical member 44 so as to project inward, and the tip of the polymerized portion 50 ul is a contacted portion 57 ul. On the upper end side of the right vertical member 45, a polymerized portion 50 ur is provided on the front surface, and the abutted portion 57 ur is provided on the inside.

下横部材47は板状であって、その左結合部LL側には、図91に示すように、屈曲状に形成された当接部58llを介して左右方向の両側に突出する重合部49llが設けられている。当接部58llは左縦部材44の被当接部59llに内側から当接され、また当接部58llの両側の各重合部49llが左縦部材44の被重合部51llに重合されてネジ54により締結されている。なお、下横部材47の重合部49ll、左縦部材44の被重合部51ll等は上下幅が大になっている。 The lower horizontal member 47 has a plate shape, and on the left coupling portion LL side thereof, as shown in FIG. Is provided. The contact portion 58 ll is abutted from the inside to the abutted portion 59 ll of the left vertical member 44, and each of the polymerized portions 49 ll on both sides of the abutting portion 58 ll is polymerized on the polymerized portion 51 ll of the left vertical member 44, and the screw 54 Is concluded by. The vertical width of the polymerized portion 49 ll of the lower horizontal member 47, the polymerized portion 51 ll of the left vertical member 44, and the like is large.

下横部材47の右結合部LR側には、屈曲部47aを介して左右方向の外側に突出する重合部49lrが設けられており、その屈曲部47aと右縦部材45の被重合部51lrとの間に所定の間隔が設けられ、重合部49lrが右縦部材45の前面側の被重合部51lrに重合されてネジ55により締結されている。 On the right coupling portion LR side of the lower horizontal member 47, a polymerization portion 49ll that protrudes outward in the left-right direction via the bending portion 47a is provided, and the bending portion 47a and the polymerized portion 51ll of the right vertical member 45 are provided. A predetermined space is provided between the two, and the polymerized portion 49 ll is polymerized on the polymerized portion 51 llr on the front surface side of the right vertical member 45 and fastened by the screw 55.

金属製扉枠39の左縦部材44、右縦部材45、上横部材46及び下横部材47は、ネジ52~55により着脱自在に固定され、またネジ52~55は各部材46,47の取り付け孔52a~55aに上下及び左右方向の遊びを介して挿通されている。 The left vertical member 44, the right vertical member 45, the upper horizontal member 46 and the lower horizontal member 47 of the metal door frame 39 are detachably fixed by screws 52 to 55, and the screws 52 to 55 are of the respective members 46 and 47. It is inserted through the mounting holes 52a to 55a through play in the vertical and horizontal directions.

金属製扉枠39の左縦部材44、右縦部材45、上横部材46及び下横部材47は、樹脂製扉枠350の左縦枠部351、右縦枠部352、上横枠部353及び下横枠部354に取り付けネジ351a~354aにより着脱自在に固定されている。取り付けネジ351a~354aは金属製扉枠39の各部材44~47の取り付け孔351b~354bに上下及び左右方向の遊びを介して挿通されている。 The left vertical member 44, the right vertical member 45, the upper horizontal member 46, and the lower horizontal member 47 of the metal door frame 39 are the left vertical frame portion 351, the right vertical frame portion 352, and the upper horizontal frame portion 353 of the resin door frame 350. And is detachably fixed to the lower horizontal frame portion 354 by mounting screws 351a to 354a. The mounting screws 351a to 354a are inserted into the mounting holes 351b to 354b of the members 44 to 47 of the metal door frame 39 via play in the vertical and horizontal directions.

ガラスユニット43は、図90に示すように、所定の間隔を置いて配置された前後2枚のガラス板76と、このガラス板76を外周側から保持する保持部材77とを備え、樹脂製扉枠350の裏側において、下側の左右一対の係合手段78を介して下横部材47の受け部79上に載置され、上側が左右一対の締結手段80により締結されている。 As shown in FIG. 90, the glass unit 43 includes two front and rear glass plates 76 arranged at predetermined intervals, and a holding member 77 for holding the glass plates 76 from the outer peripheral side, and is made of a resin door. On the back side of the frame 350, it is placed on the receiving portion 79 of the lower horizontal member 47 via the pair of left and right engaging means 78 on the lower side, and the upper side is fastened by the pair of left and right fastening means 80.

係合手段78は、保持部材77に形成された係合突部81と、下横部材47の受け部79側に形成され且つ係合突部81が係合する係合凹部82とを有する。係合凹部82は受け部79と樹脂製扉枠350との間に形成され、上側から係合突部81が挿脱自在である。 The engaging means 78 has an engaging protrusion 81 formed on the holding member 77, and an engaging recess 82 formed on the receiving portion 79 side of the lower horizontal member 47 and to which the engaging protrusion 81 engages. The engaging recess 82 is formed between the receiving portion 79 and the resin door frame 350, and the engaging protrusion 81 can be inserted and removed from above.

前扉4の金属製扉枠39を製造するに際しては、第1の実施形態と同様に、適宜板金材を用いてプレス成型等により所定形状の左右縦部材44,45及び上下横部材46,47を作り、その左右縦部材44,45及び上下横部材46,47を上下、左右の四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRで結合して矩形状に組み立てる。 When manufacturing the metal door frame 39 of the front door 4, the left and right vertical members 44, 45 and the upper and lower horizontal members 46, 47 having a predetermined shape are appropriately press-molded using a sheet metal material as in the first embodiment. The left and right vertical members 44, 45 and the upper and lower horizontal members 46, 47 are joined by the joints UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four upper and lower corners to assemble into a rectangular shape.

この場合、上側の左右結合部UL,UR、下側の左結合部LLは、対応する部材44~47同士の当接部56ul,56ur,58llを被当接部57ul,57ur,59llに対して左右方向に当接させた状態で、その重合部48ul,48ur,49llを被重合部50ul,50ur,51llに重合させてネジ52~54により前後方向に締結する。また下側の右結合部LRは、その下横部材47の重合部49lrを右縦部材45の被重合部51lrに重合させてネジ55により前後方向に締結する。 In this case, the upper left and right coupling portions UL, UR and the lower left coupling portion LL have contact portions 56ul, 56ur, 58ll between the corresponding members 44 to 47 with respect to the contacted portions 57ul, 57ur, 59ll. The polymerized portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll are polymerized on the polymerized portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll in a state of being in contact with each other in the left-right direction, and fastened in the front-rear direction with screws 52 to 54. Further, in the lower right coupling portion LR, the polymerized portion 49 rl of the lower horizontal member 47 is polymerized on the polymerized portion 51 rl of the right vertical member 45 and fastened in the front-rear direction by the screw 55.

これにより部材44~47相互に製作誤差があっても、金属製扉枠39に必要な所定の強度を確保できる状態に各部材44~47を組み立てることができる。 As a result, even if there is a manufacturing error between the members 44 to 47, each member 44 to 47 can be assembled in a state where a predetermined strength required for the metal door frame 39 can be secured.

次に樹脂製扉枠350の裏側に金属製扉枠39を当接させて、金属製扉枠39を取り付けネジ351a~354aにより樹脂製扉枠350に固定する。この場合、金属製扉枠39は、上側の左右結合部UL,UR、下側の左結合部LLでは、対応する部材44~47同士を当接させた状態で締結し、下側の右結合部LRでは、当接せずに重合させた状態で締結しているにも拘わらず、部材44~47相互に多少の製作誤差によるバラツキが取り付けネジ351a~354aと取り付け孔351b~354bとの遊びの範囲内であれば、その取り付け孔351b~354bに取り付けネジ351a~354aを挿通して樹脂製扉枠350の各取り付け部に螺合し締結することができる。 Next, the metal door frame 39 is brought into contact with the back side of the resin door frame 350, and the metal door frame 39 is fixed to the resin door frame 350 with the mounting screws 351a to 354a. In this case, the metal door frame 39 is fastened with the corresponding members 44 to 47 in contact with each other in the upper left and right joint portions UL and UR and the lower left joint portion LL, and the lower right joint is joined. In the part LR, although the members are fastened in a laminated state without contacting each other, there is some variation due to a slight manufacturing error between the members 44 to 47, and there is play between the mounting screws 351a to 354a and the mounting holes 351b to 354b. Within the range of, the mounting screws 351a to 354a can be inserted into the mounting holes 351b to 354b and screwed to and fastened to each mounting portion of the resin door frame 350.

従って、一体型の樹脂製扉枠350を使用する場合にも、左縦部材44、右縦部材45、上横部材46及び下横部材47を結合して構成された金属製扉枠39を補強用として装着することが可能である。 Therefore, even when the integrated resin door frame 350 is used, the metal door frame 39 configured by connecting the left vertical member 44, the right vertical member 45, the upper horizontal member 46, and the lower horizontal member 47 is reinforced. It can be installed for use.

図93、図94は本発明の第19の実施形態を例示する。前扉カバー40の上部カバー358の左右中央側が前側に張り出す場合、その内部に配置される左右一対の上部スピーカ68は、図93に示すように平面視において前外向きに配置することがある。この上部スピーカ68はスピーカケース362内に収容され、そのスピーカケース362を介して金属製扉枠39の上横部材46又は樹脂製扉枠350の上横枠部353に固定されたスピーカ取り付け台363に装着されている。 93 and 94 illustrate the nineteenth embodiment of the present invention. When the left and right center sides of the upper cover 358 of the front door cover 40 project to the front side, the pair of left and right upper speakers 68 arranged inside the upper cover 358 may be arranged forward and outward in a plan view as shown in FIG. 93. .. The upper speaker 68 is housed in the speaker case 362, and the speaker mounting base 363 fixed to the upper horizontal member 46 of the metal door frame 39 or the upper horizontal frame portion 353 of the resin door frame 350 via the speaker case 362. It is attached to.

上部カバー62は、上部スピーカ68に対応する音出し用の開口部93と、この開口部93を裏側から覆うスピーカカバー96とを備えている。スピーカカバー96はネット、多孔板等の金属板をプレス成型して構成された金属製であって、開口部93を裏側から塞ぐ球面状のカバー部99を有し、そのカバー部99の外周側の取り付け部102が上部カバー358の裏面側の取り付けボス92に取り付けネジ100により着脱自在に固定されている。 The upper cover 62 includes an opening 93 for sound output corresponding to the upper speaker 68, and a speaker cover 96 that covers the opening 93 from the back side. The speaker cover 96 is made of metal formed by press-molding a metal plate such as a net or a perforated plate, and has a spherical cover portion 99 that closes the opening 93 from the back side, and the outer peripheral side of the cover portion 99. The mounting portion 102 of the upper cover 358 is detachably fixed to the mounting boss 92 on the back surface side of the upper cover 358 by the mounting screw 100.

取り付け部102はアース線365の端子具と共に取り付けネジ100により共締めされている。上部スピーカ68にはそのスピーカフレーム366にもアース線367が接続されている。各アース線365,367の端子具は、左右の上部スピーカ68間で金属製扉枠39の上横部材46に固定された中継部材368に取り付けネジ369で固定されている。 The mounting portion 102 is fastened together with the terminal of the ground wire 365 by the mounting screw 100. A ground wire 367 is also connected to the speaker frame 366 of the upper speaker 68. The terminals of the ground wires 365 and 367 are fixed to the relay member 368 fixed to the upper horizontal member 46 of the metal door frame 39 between the left and right upper speakers 68 with mounting screws 369.

中継部材368は樹脂製扉枠350の上横枠部353の開口370を経て上横部材46と接触した状態にあり、固定ネジ371により上横部材46に電気的に接続されている。上横部材46は適宜手段を介してアースされている。 The relay member 368 is in contact with the upper horizontal member 46 through the opening 370 of the upper horizontal frame portion 353 of the resin door frame 350, and is electrically connected to the upper horizontal member 46 by the fixing screw 371. The upper horizontal member 46 is grounded via appropriate means.

このような構成を採用すれば、上横部材46を介して上部スピーカ68及びスピーカカバー96をアースできる。またスピーカカバー96用の取り付けボス94にアース線365の端子具を共締めしているので、構造的に簡素化することができる。 If such a configuration is adopted, the upper speaker 68 and the speaker cover 96 can be grounded via the upper horizontal member 46. Further, since the terminal of the ground wire 365 is fastened together with the mounting boss 94 for the speaker cover 96, the structure can be simplified.

図95~図97は本発明の第20の実施形態を例示する。外レール112を第1外周部材116の内周壁175に位置決めする幅方向位置決め手段202は、図95~図97に示すように、外レール112の後端側を規制する後端側位置決め部373と、外レール112の前端側を規制する前端側位置決め部374とに分けて構成してもよい。なお、外レール112の後端と遊技盤17の前面との間に微少間隙を設けることが望ましい。 95 to 97 exemplify the twentieth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 95 to 97, the widthwise positioning means 202 for positioning the outer rail 112 on the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 includes a rear end side positioning portion 373 that regulates the rear end side of the outer rail 112. , The front end side positioning portion 374 that regulates the front end side of the outer rail 112 may be separately configured. It is desirable to provide a minute gap between the rear end of the outer rail 112 and the front surface of the game board 17.

後端側位置決め部373は、外レール112の後端に形成された切り欠き部375と、第1外周部材116の内周壁175の後端側に形成され且つ外レール112の切り欠き部375にレール幅方向に係合する突起376とにより構成されている。切り欠き部375には突起376の両側にレール長手方向の隙間s373があり、始端側衝撃吸収部225で外レール112が内外方向に弾性変形して遊技球が衝突したときの衝撃を緩和すべく、切り欠き部375と突起376との隙間s373の範囲内で外レール112のレール長手方向の相対移動を許容するようになっている。後端側位置決め部373は、外レール112の長手方向の中央部よりも始端側衝撃吸収部225寄りに偏位して所定の間隔をおいて複数(2個又は3個)設けられている。 The rear end side positioning portion 373 is formed in the notch portion 375 formed at the rear end of the outer rail 112 and the notch portion 375 of the outer rail 112 formed on the rear end side of the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116. It is composed of a protrusion 376 that engages in the rail width direction. The cutout portion 375 has gaps s373 in the longitudinal direction of the rail on both sides of the protrusion 376, and the outer rail 112 is elastically deformed in the inward and outward directions at the impact absorbing portion 225 on the starting end side in order to alleviate the impact when the game ball collides. , The relative movement of the outer rail 112 in the rail longitudinal direction is allowed within the range of the gap s373 between the notch portion 375 and the protrusion 376. A plurality (2 or 3) of the rear end side positioning portions 373 are provided so as to be displaced toward the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 from the central portion in the longitudinal direction of the outer rail 112 and at predetermined intervals.

前端側位置決め部374は、外レール112の前端側を覆う覆い部222により構成されている。覆い部222は外レール112の前端に当接又は近接している。なお、覆い部222は、複数の後端側位置決め部373が配置されている配置領域Xから始端側及び終端側の両側に離れた位置に設けられ、この後端側位置決め部373の配置領域Xでは覆い部222が除去されている。 The front end side positioning portion 374 is composed of a covering portion 222 that covers the front end side of the outer rail 112. The covering portion 222 is in contact with or in close proximity to the front end of the outer rail 112. The covering portion 222 is provided at a position separated from the arrangement region X in which the plurality of rear end side positioning portions 373 are arranged on both the start end side and the end side, and the arrangement region X of the rear end side positioning portion 373 is provided. The covering portion 222 has been removed.

このように幅方向位置決め手段202は、後端側位置決め部373と前端側位置決め部374とにより構成することも可能であり、この場合にも外レール112を第1外周部材116に対してレール幅方向及びレール長手方向に位置決めしながら、外レール112の第1外周部材116に対する相対移動により、始端側衝撃吸収部225での衝撃吸収動作を許容することができる。また後端側位置決め部373の配置領域Xでは覆い部222がないので、第1外周部材116の内周壁175に外レール112を装着する際の作業も容易に行うことができる。 As described above, the width direction positioning means 202 can also be configured by the rear end side positioning portion 373 and the front end side positioning portion 374, and in this case as well, the outer rail 112 has a rail width with respect to the first outer peripheral member 116. The shock absorbing operation at the start end side shock absorbing portion 225 can be allowed by the relative movement of the outer rail 112 with respect to the first outer peripheral member 116 while positioning in the direction and the rail longitudinal direction. Further, since the covering portion 222 is not provided in the arrangement region X of the rear end side positioning portion 373, the work of mounting the outer rail 112 on the inner peripheral wall 175 of the first outer peripheral member 116 can be easily performed.

図98、図99は本発明の第21の実施形態を例示する。右打ち通路127には、図98、図99に示すように、流下速度制限手段275が設けられている。右打ち通路127は、センターケース119と第1、第2外周部材116,117との間に円弧状に設けられており、センターケース119の外周側に配置された上向き凸円弧状の内周通路壁276と、第1、第2外周部材116,117の内周に配置された外周通路壁277と、内周通路壁276の後端に一体に連結され且つ遊技盤17の前面に当接する後通路壁278とを有する。後通路壁278は外周通路壁277から分離している。なお、右打ち通路127の前側はガラス板76により閉じられている。 98 and 99 illustrate the 21st embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 98 and 99, the right-handed passage 127 is provided with a flow-down speed limiting means 275. The right-handed passage 127 is provided in an arc shape between the center case 119 and the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117, and is an upward convex arc-shaped inner peripheral passage arranged on the outer peripheral side of the center case 119. After the wall 276, the outer peripheral passage wall 277 arranged on the inner circumference of the first and second outer peripheral members 116, 117, and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 are integrally connected to the rear end of the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and abut on the front surface of the game board 17. It has a passage wall 278. The rear passage wall 278 is separated from the outer passage wall 277. The front side of the right-handed passage 127 is closed by a glass plate 76.

流下速度制限手段275は、右打ち通路127内での遊技球の流下速度を制限するためのもので、上向き凸円弧状の内周通路壁276に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の内突条部279を備えている。内突条部279は1/2~1/4程度の截頭半円錐状であって、内周通路壁276の前後幅と略同一長さで前後方向に設けられており、その後端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10が前端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大であり、後端側から前端側へと突出高さ、上下幅が徐々に小さくなっている。 The flow speed limiting means 275 is for limiting the flow speed of the game ball in the right-handed passage 127, and is arranged before and after being arranged at predetermined intervals in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral passage wall 276 having an upward convex arc shape. It has an inner protrusion 279 in the direction. The inner ridge portion 279 has a semi-conical shape with a head of about 1/2 to 1/4, and is provided in the front-rear direction with substantially the same length as the front-rear width of the inner peripheral passage wall 276, and is provided on the rear end side. The protrusion height h10 and the vertical width w10 are larger than the protrusion height h20 and the vertical width w20 on the front end side, and the protrusion height and the vertical width gradually decrease from the rear end side to the front end side.

右打ち通路127の内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277との間隔は、遊技球が一方に接触したときに他方と遊技球との隙間が遊技球の略半径又は半径未満となる程度が望ましい。また内突条部279と外周通路壁277との間隔は、遊技球が一方に接触したときに遊技球と他方との隙間が遊技球の半径未満となる程度が望ましい。 It is desirable that the distance between the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 of the right-handed passage 127 is such that when the game ball comes into contact with one, the gap between the other and the game ball is less than the substantially radius or radius of the game ball. .. Further, it is desirable that the distance between the inner ridge portion 279 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 is such that the gap between the game ball and the other is less than the radius of the game ball when the game ball comes into contact with one.

このように流下速度制限手段275では、上向き凸円弧状の内周通路壁276に内突条部279を設けたものでもよい。右打ち通路127内の遊技球は、内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277とに衝突しながら下方へと流下するが、内周通路壁27が上向き凸円弧状であるため、例えば図98に示すように、最上位の内突条部279に衝突して弾かれた遊技球は、外周通路壁277に衝突した後に次の内突条部279に衝突する等、内周通路壁276上の内突条部279に衝突しながら流下することになる。 As described above, in the flow speed limiting means 275, the inner protrusion portion 279 may be provided on the inner peripheral passage wall 276 having an upward convex arc shape. The game ball in the right-handed passage 127 flows downward while colliding with the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277, but since the inner peripheral passage wall 27 has an upward convex arc shape, for example, in FIG. 98. As shown, the game ball bounced by colliding with the uppermost inner ridge 279 collides with the next inner ridge 279 after colliding with the outer passage wall 277, and is on the inner passage wall 276. It will flow down while colliding with the inner protrusion 279.

従って、内周通路壁276上に内突条部279を設けただけでも、遊技球の流下速度を制限することができる。勿論、この場合には、右打ち通路127の途中で遊技球が滞留しない範囲内で内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277との間隔を制限する必要がある。 Therefore, the flow speed of the game ball can be limited only by providing the inner protrusion portion 279 on the inner peripheral passage wall 276. Of course, in this case, it is necessary to limit the distance between the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 within a range in which the game ball does not stay in the middle of the right-handed passage 127.

また内突条部279は、後通路壁278が内周通路壁276と一体であることから、後端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10を前端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大とし、後端側から前端側へと突出高さ、上下幅を徐々に小さくしているため、内周通路壁276、後通路壁278、内突条部279を含むセンターケース119を容易に金型成型することができる。 Further, in the inner protrusion 279, since the rear passage wall 278 is integrated with the inner peripheral passage wall 276, the protrusion height h10 and the vertical width w10 on the rear end side are set from the protrusion height h20 and the vertical width w20 on the front end side. Since the height and vertical width are gradually reduced from the rear end side to the front end side, the center case 119 including the inner peripheral passage wall 276, the rear passage wall 278, and the inner protrusion 279 can be easily made. Can be molded into a mold.

図100、図101は本発明の第22の実施形態を例示する。この右打ち通路127は、図100、図101に示すように、センターケース119と第1、第2外周部材116,117との間に円弧状に設けられており、その内部に流下速度制限手段275が設けられている。 100 and 101 illustrate the 22nd embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 100 and 101, the right-handed passage 127 is provided in an arc shape between the center case 119 and the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117, and the flow speed limiting means is provided therein. 275 is provided.

右打ち通路127は、センターケース119の外周側に配置された上向き凸円弧状の内周通路壁276と、第1、第2外周部材116,117の内周に配置された外周通路壁277と、内周通路壁276の後端に一体に連結され且つ遊技盤17の前面に当接する後通路壁278と、後通路壁278と対向してガラス板76側に配置された前通路壁281とを備えている。前通路壁281は、センターケース119の前側に取り付けネジ282を介して取り付けられている。 The right-handed passage 127 includes an upward convex arcuate inner peripheral passage wall 276 arranged on the outer peripheral side of the center case 119 and an outer peripheral passage wall 277 arranged on the inner circumferences of the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117. The rear passage wall 278, which is integrally connected to the rear end of the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and abuts on the front surface of the game board 17, and the front passage wall 281 arranged on the glass plate 76 side facing the rear passage wall 278. It is equipped with. The front passage wall 281 is attached to the front side of the center case 119 via a mounting screw 282.

前通路壁281には、右打ち通路127を流下中の遊技球を視認できるよう視認部283が設けられている。この視認部283は、通過中の遊技球に対応する部分に設けた通路長手方向の開口窓により構成されている。なお、この視認部283は、前通路壁281の全体を透明な合成樹脂製により構成してもよいし、全体を透明な合成樹脂製として、通過中の遊技球に対応する部分を除いて不透明層を形成することにより構成してもよい。 The front passage wall 281 is provided with a visual recognition portion 283 so that a game ball flowing down the right-handed passage 127 can be visually recognized. The visual recognition portion 283 is configured by an opening window in the longitudinal direction of the passage provided in a portion corresponding to the passing game ball. The entire front passage wall 281 may be made of transparent synthetic resin, or the entire front passage wall 283 may be made of transparent synthetic resin and is opaque except for a portion corresponding to the passing game ball. It may be configured by forming a layer.

流下速度制限手段275は、上向き円弧状の内周通路壁276に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の内突条部279と、後通路壁278及び前通路壁281に周方向に所定間隔をおいて放射状に配置された後突条部284及び前突条部285とを備えている。 The flow speed limiting means 275 is provided with an inner ridge portion 279 in the front-rear direction arranged at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral passage wall 276 having an upward arc shape, and a circumferential direction on the rear passage wall 278 and the front passage wall 281. It is provided with a rear ridge portion 284 and a front ridge portion 285 arranged radially at predetermined intervals.

内突条部279は1/2~1/4程度の截頭半円錐状であって、内周通路壁276の前後幅と略同一長さで前後方向に設けられており、その後端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10が前端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大であり、後端側から前端側へと突出高さ、上下幅が徐々に小さくなっている。後突条部284及び前突条部285は、1/2~1/4程度の半円状であって、周方向に交互に配置されている。後突条部284及び前突条部285は、前後に相対向して周方向の略同一位置に配置してもよい。 The inner ridge portion 279 has a semi-conical shape with a head of about 1/2 to 1/4, and is provided in the front-rear direction with substantially the same length as the front-rear width of the inner peripheral passage wall 276, and is provided on the rear end side. The protrusion height h10 and the vertical width w10 are larger than the protrusion height h20 and the vertical width w20 on the front end side, and the protrusion height and the vertical width gradually decrease from the rear end side to the front end side. The rear ridge portion 284 and the front ridge portion 285 have a semicircular shape of about 1/2 to 1/4, and are arranged alternately in the circumferential direction. The rear ridge portion 284 and the front ridge portion 285 may be arranged so as to face each other in the front-rear direction and at substantially the same position in the circumferential direction.

なお、右打ち通路127の内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277との間隔、内突条部279と外周通路壁277との間隔は、第20の実施形態と略同様である。 The distance between the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 of the right-handed passage 127 and the distance between the inner protrusion 279 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 are substantially the same as those in the twentieth embodiment.

このような構成の流下速度制限手段275でも、第20の実施形態と同様に右打ち通路127内の遊技球の流下速度を制限することができる。また内周通路壁276、後通路壁278、内突条部279、後突条部284を含むセンターケース119を容易に金型成型することができる。 Even with the flow speed limiting means 275 having such a configuration, the flow speed of the game ball in the right-handed passage 127 can be limited as in the twentieth embodiment. Further, the center case 119 including the inner peripheral passage wall 276, the rear passage wall 278, the inner protrusion portion 279, and the rear protrusion portion 284 can be easily molded.

図102、図103は本発明の第23の実施形態を例示する。この右打ち通路127は、図102、図103に示すように、センターケース119と第1、第2外周部材116,117との間に円弧状に設けられており、その内部に流下速度制限手段275が設けられている。 102 and 103 illustrate the 23rd embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 102 and 103, the right-handed passage 127 is provided in an arc shape between the center case 119 and the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117, and the flow speed limiting means is provided therein. 275 is provided.

右打ち通路127は、センターケース119の外周側に配置された上向き凸円弧状の内周通路壁276と、第1、第2外周部材116,117の内周に配置された外周通路壁277と、内周通路壁276の後端に一体に連結され且つ遊技盤17の前面に当接する後通路壁278とを備えている。なお、右打ち通路127の前側はガラス板76により閉じられている。 The right-handed passage 127 includes an upward convex arcuate inner peripheral passage wall 276 arranged on the outer peripheral side of the center case 119 and an outer peripheral passage wall 277 arranged on the inner circumferences of the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117. It is provided with a rear passage wall 278 that is integrally connected to the rear end of the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and abuts on the front surface of the game board 17. The front side of the right-handed passage 127 is closed by a glass plate 76.

流下速度制限手段275は、上向き円弧状の内周通路壁276に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の内突条部279と、後通路壁278に周方向に所定間隔をおいて放射状に配置された後突条部284とを備えている。内突条部279は内周通路壁276に全体的に分散して設けられているのに対して、後突条部284は後通路壁278の下部側の一部に設けられている。 The flow speed limiting means 275 has an inner ridge portion 279 in the front-rear direction arranged at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral passage wall 276 having an upward arc shape, and a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction on the rear passage wall 278. It also has a rear ridge 284 arranged radially. The inner ridge portion 279 is provided on the inner peripheral passage wall 276 as a whole dispersedly, whereas the rear ridge portion 284 is provided on a part of the lower side of the rear passage wall 278.

内突条部279は1/2~1/4程度の截頭半円錐状であって、内周通路壁276の前後幅と略同一長さで前後方向に設けられており、その後端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10が前端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大であり、後端側から前端側へと突出高さ、上下幅が徐々に小さくなっている。後突条部284は、1/2~1/4程度の半円状であり、内突条部279と交互に設けられている。 The inner ridge portion 279 has a semi-conical shape with a head of about 1/2 to 1/4, and is provided in the front-rear direction with substantially the same length as the front-rear width of the inner peripheral passage wall 276, and is provided on the rear end side. The protrusion height h10 and the vertical width w10 are larger than the protrusion height h20 and the vertical width w20 on the front end side, and the protrusion height and the vertical width gradually decrease from the rear end side to the front end side. The rear ridge portion 284 has a semicircular shape of about 1/2 to 1/4, and is provided alternately with the inner ridge portion 279.

なお、右打ち通路127の内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277との間隔、内突条部279と外周通路壁277との間隔は、第20の実施形態と略同様である。 The distance between the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 of the right-handed passage 127 and the distance between the inner protrusion 279 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 are substantially the same as those in the twentieth embodiment.

このような構成の流下速度制限手段275でも、第20の実施形態と同様に右打ち通路127内の遊技球の流下速度を制限することができる。また内周通路壁276、後通路壁278、内突条部279、後突条部284を含むセンターケース119を容易に金型成型することができる。 Even with the flow speed limiting means 275 having such a configuration, the flow speed of the game ball in the right-handed passage 127 can be limited as in the twentieth embodiment. Further, the center case 119 including the inner peripheral passage wall 276, the rear passage wall 278, the inner protrusion portion 279, and the rear protrusion portion 284 can be easily molded.

図104~図106は本発明の第24の実施形態を例示する。この右打ち通路127は、図104~図106に示すように、センターケース119と第1、第2外周部材116,117との間に円弧状に設けられており、その内部に流下速度制限手段275が設けられている。 104 to 106 exemplify the 24th embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 104 to 106, the right-handed passage 127 is provided in an arc shape between the center case 119 and the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117, and the flow speed limiting means is provided therein. 275 is provided.

右打ち通路127は、センターケース119の外周側に配置された上向き凸円弧状の内周通路壁276と、第1、第2外周部材116,117の内周に配置された外周通路壁277と、内周通路壁276の後端に一体に連結され且つ遊技盤17の前面に当接する後通路壁278とを備えている。なお、右打ち通路127の前側はガラス板76により閉じられている。 The right-handed passage 127 includes an upward convex arcuate inner peripheral passage wall 276 arranged on the outer peripheral side of the center case 119 and an outer peripheral passage wall 277 arranged on the inner circumferences of the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117. It is provided with a rear passage wall 278 that is integrally connected to the rear end of the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and abuts on the front surface of the game board 17. The front side of the right-handed passage 127 is closed by a glass plate 76.

流下速度制限手段275は、内周通路壁276に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の内突条部279と、外周通路壁277に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の外突条部286とを備えている。内突条部279と外突条部286は周方向に交互に設けられている。 The flow speed limiting means 275 was arranged on the inner peripheral passage wall 276 at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction and the inner ridge portion 279 in the front-rear direction and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction. It is provided with an outer protrusion 286 in the front-rear direction. The inner ridges 279 and the outer ridges 286 are alternately provided in the circumferential direction.

内突条部279、外突条部286は截頭半三角錐状であって、前後方向に形成された稜線部279a,286aと、この稜線部279a,286aの上下両側に配置された略五角形状の緩傾斜面279b,286bと急傾斜面279c,286cとを有し、後端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10が前端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大であり、後端側から前端側へと突出高さ、上下幅が徐々に小さくなっている。 The inner ridges 279 and the outer ridges 286 have a semi-triangular pyramid shape, and the ridges 279a and 286a formed in the anteroposterior direction and the substantially pentagons arranged on both the upper and lower sides of the ridges 279a and 286a. It has gently inclined surfaces 279b and 286b and steeply inclined surfaces 279c and 286c, and the protrusion height h10 and vertical width w10 on the rear end side are larger than the protrusion height h20 and vertical width w20 on the front end side. The protruding height and vertical width gradually decrease from the rear end side to the front end side.

なお、右打ち通路127の内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277との間隔は、第20の実施形態と略同じであり、また内突条部279と外周通路壁277との間隔、及び外突条部286と内周通路壁276との間隔は、第20の実施形態と略同様である。 The distance between the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 of the right-handed passage 127 is substantially the same as that of the twentieth embodiment, and the distance between the inner protrusion 279 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 and the outer circumference. The distance between the ridge portion 286 and the inner peripheral passage wall 276 is substantially the same as that of the twentieth embodiment.

このように稜線部279a,286aの上下両側に緩傾斜面279b,286b及び急傾斜面279c,286cが配置された截頭半三角錐状の内突条部279、外突条部286により構成された流下速度制限手段275でも、第20の実施形態と同様に右打ち通路127内の遊技球の流下速度を制限することができる。また後通路壁278がセンターケース119と一体であるため、内周通路壁276、後通路壁278、外突条部286、内突条部279を含むセンターケース119を容易に金型成型することができる。更に外周通路壁277、外突条部286を含む第1、第2外周部材116,117を容易に金型成型することができる。 In this way, it is composed of a semi-triangular pyramid-shaped inner protrusion 279 and an outer protrusion 286 in which gently inclined surfaces 279b, 286b and steeply inclined surfaces 279c, 286c are arranged on both upper and lower sides of the ridges 279a, 286a. The flow speed limiting means 275 can also limit the flow speed of the game ball in the right-handed passage 127, as in the twentieth embodiment. Further, since the rear passage wall 278 is integrated with the center case 119, the center case 119 including the inner peripheral passage wall 276, the rear passage wall 278, the outer protrusion 286, and the inner protrusion 279 can be easily molded. Can be done. Further, the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117 including the outer peripheral passage wall 277 and the outer protrusion 286 can be easily molded.

図107~図109は本発明の第25の実施形態を例示する。この右打ち通路127は、図107~図109に示すように、センターケース119と第1、第2外周部材116,117との間に円弧状に設けられており、その内部に流下速度制限手段275が設けられている。 107 to 109 exemplify the 25th embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIGS. 107 to 109, the right-handed passage 127 is provided in an arc shape between the center case 119 and the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117, and the flow speed limiting means is provided therein. 275 is provided.

右打ち通路127は、センターケース119の外周側に配置された円弧状の内周通路壁276と、第1、第2外周部材116,117の内周に配置された円弧状の外周通路壁277と、センターケース119の内周通路壁276の前端に一体に連結された前通路壁281と、内周通路壁276の後端に着脱自在に装着され且つ遊技盤17の前面に当接する後通路壁278とを備えている。 The right-handed passage 127 has an arc-shaped inner passage wall 276 arranged on the outer peripheral side of the center case 119 and an arc-shaped outer peripheral passage wall 277 arranged on the inner circumferences of the first and second outer peripheral members 116 and 117. A front passage wall 281 integrally connected to the front end of the inner peripheral passage wall 276 of the center case 119, and a rear passage that is detachably attached to the rear end of the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and abuts on the front surface of the game board 17. It has a wall 278.

流下速度制限手段275は、内周通路壁276に周方向に所定間隔を置いて配置された前後方向の内突条部279と、前通路壁281及び後通路壁278に周方向に所定間隔を置いて放射状に配置された前突条部285及び後突条部284とを備えている。前突条部285及び後突条部284は周方向に交互に設けられている。 The flow speed limiting means 275 has an inner ridge portion 279 in the front-rear direction arranged at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral passage wall 276, and a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction on the front passage wall 281 and the rear passage wall 278. It is provided with a front ridge portion 285 and a rear ridge portion 284 arranged radially. The front ridges 285 and the rear ridges 284 are provided alternately in the circumferential direction.

内突条部279は鋸歯形の截頭半三角錐状であって、前後方向に形成された稜線部279aと、この稜線部279aの上側に配置された緩傾斜面279bと、稜線部279aの下側に略垂直に配置された起立面279dとを有する。内周通路壁276と前通路壁281とが一体であるため、内突条部279の前端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10が後端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大であり、前端側から後端側へと突出高さ、上下幅が徐々に小さくなっている。 The inner ridge portion 279 has a sawtooth-shaped vertical semi-triangular pyramid shape, and has a ridge line portion 279a formed in the anteroposterior direction, a gently inclined surface 279b arranged above the ridge line portion 279a, and a ridge line portion 279a. It has an upright surface 279d arranged substantially vertically on the lower side. Since the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the front passage wall 281 are integrated, the protrusion height h10 and the vertical width w10 on the front end side of the inner protrusion 279 are larger than the protrusion height h20 and the vertical width w20 on the rear end side. The protruding height and vertical width gradually decrease from the front end side to the rear end side.

なお、右打ち通路127の内周通路壁276と外周通路壁277との間隔、内突条部279と外周通路壁277との間隔は、第20の実施形態と略同様である。 The distance between the inner peripheral passage wall 276 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 of the right-handed passage 127 and the distance between the inner protrusion 279 and the outer peripheral passage wall 277 are substantially the same as those in the twentieth embodiment.

このように流下速度制限手段275は鋸歯型の内突条部279を備えたものでもよい。また内周通路壁276の前端に前通路壁281を一体に備える場合には、内突条部279の前端側の突出高さh10、上下幅w10を後端側の突出高さh20、上下幅w20よりも大として、前端側から後端側へと突出高さ、上下幅を徐々に小さくすることにより、センターケース119を容易に金型成型することができる。 As described above, the flow rate limiting means 275 may be provided with a sawtooth-shaped inner protrusion 279. When the front passage wall 281 is integrally provided at the front end of the inner peripheral passage wall 276, the protrusion height h10 and the vertical width w10 on the front end side of the inner protrusion 279 are the protrusion height h20 and the vertical width on the rear end side. The center case 119 can be easily molded by making it larger than w20 and gradually reducing the protruding height and the vertical width from the front end side to the rear end side.

図110、図111は本発明の第26の実施形態を例示する。この金属製扉枠39は、図110に示すように、左右両側に上下方向に配置された左縦部材(ヒンジ側縦部材)44及び右縦部材(反ヒンジ側縦部材)45と、上下両側に左右方向に配置され且つ左縦部材44及び右縦部材45の上下両端を左右に連結する上横部材46及び下横部材47とを備え、この左右縦部材44,45及び上下横部材46,47を上下、左右の四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRで結合して矩形状に構成されている。 110 and 111 illustrate the 26th embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 110, the metal door frame 39 includes a left vertical member (hinge side vertical member) 44 and a right vertical member (anti-hinge side vertical member) 45 arranged in the vertical direction on both the left and right sides, and both upper and lower sides. The left and right vertical members 44, 45 and the upper and lower horizontal members 46 are provided with an upper horizontal member 46 and a lower horizontal member 47 that are arranged in the left-right direction and connect the upper and lower ends of the left vertical member 44 and the right vertical member 45 to the left and right. 47 is joined by the joint portions UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four corners of the top, bottom, left, and right to form a rectangular shape.

四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRには、対応する各部材44~47相互間に前後に重合する重合部48ul,48ur,49ll,49lrと被重合部50ul,50ur,51ll,51lrとが設けられており、その重合部48ul,48ur,49ll,49lrと被重合部50ul,50ur,51ll,51lrとがネジ(締結具)52~55により前後方向に締結されている。 The coupling portions UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four corners include polymerized portions 48ul, 48ur, 49ll, 49llr and polymerized portions 50ul, 50ur, 51ll, 51llr that polymerize back and forth between the corresponding members 44 to 47. The polymerized portions 48 ul, 48 ur, 49 ll, 49 ll and the polymerized portions 50 ul, 50 ur, 51 ll, 51 llr are fastened in the front-rear direction by screws (fasteners) 52 to 55.

上側の左右結合部UL,URは、重合部48ul,48ur及び被重合部50ul,50urの他に、上横部材46と左右縦部材44,45とが左右方向に当接する当接部56ul,56ur及び被当接部57ul,57urを備えている。 The upper left and right coupling portions UL and UR include abutting portions 56ul and 56ur in which the upper horizontal member 46 and the left and right vertical members 44 and 45 abut in the left and right directions in addition to the superposed portions 48ul and 48ur and the polymerized portions 50ul and 50ur. And the contacted portions 57ul and 57ur are provided.

下横部材47は、図110、図111に示すように第1部材471と第2部材472とを左右方向に連結して構成されている。そして、この下横部材47の左の結合部LLは、重合部49llが左縦部材44の被重合部51llに重合してネジ54により左右方向に調整可能に固定され、また右の結合部LR側は、その当接部58lrが右縦部材45の被当接部59lrに当接し、重合部49lrが右縦部材45の被重合部51lrに重合してネジ55により固定されている。 As shown in FIGS. 110 and 111, the lower horizontal member 47 is configured by connecting the first member 471 and the second member 472 in the left-right direction. Then, in the left joint portion LL of the lower horizontal member 47, the polymerized portion 49 ll is polymerized on the polymerized portion 51 ll of the left vertical member 44 and fixed in an adjustable manner in the left-right direction by the screw 54, and the right joint portion LR. On the side, the contact portion 58 rl abuts on the abutted portion 59 rl of the right vertical member 45, and the polymerized portion 49 ll is polymerized on the polymerized portion 51 ll of the right vertical member 45 and fixed by a screw 55.

第1部材471、第2部材472は、第1部材471の対向端側に重合部471a、当接部471bが設けられ、第2部材472の対向端側に被重合部472a、被当接部472bが設けられており、その当接部471bと被当接部472bとが当接し、重合部471aと被重合部472aとが重合してネジ(締結具)473により固定されている。他の構成は各実施形態と同様である。 The first member 471 and the second member 472 are provided with a polymerized portion 471a and an abutting portion 471b on the opposing end side of the first member 471, and the polymerized portion 472a and the abutted portion 472a on the opposing end side of the second member 472. A 472b is provided, and the contact portion 471b and the contacted portion 472b are in contact with each other, and the polymerized portion 471a and the polymerized portion 472a are overlapped and fixed by a screw (fastener) 473. Other configurations are the same as in each embodiment.

このように下横部材47は、第1部材471と第2部材472とを連結して構成してもよい。この場合にも、第1部材471と第2部材472とを左右方向に当接させて、第1部材471と左縦部材44とが左右方向に当接しない構造を採用することにより、製作誤差を吸収することができる。勿論、第1部材471と左縦部材44、第2部材472と右縦部材45の夫々を左右方向に当接させて、第1部材471と第2部材472とが左右方向に当接しない構造を採用してもよい。 In this way, the lower horizontal member 47 may be configured by connecting the first member 471 and the second member 472. Also in this case, by adopting a structure in which the first member 471 and the second member 472 are brought into contact with each other in the left-right direction and the first member 471 and the left vertical member 44 are not brought into contact with each other in the left-right direction, a manufacturing error is obtained. Can be absorbed. Of course, the structure is such that the first member 471 and the left vertical member 44, the second member 472 and the right vertical member 45 are brought into contact with each other in the left-right direction, and the first member 471 and the second member 472 do not come into contact with each other in the left-right direction. May be adopted.

なお、この実施形態では、第1部材471、第2部材472により下横部材47を構成しているが、上横部材46等、他の構成部材でもよい。またこの実施形態では、第1部材471と第2部材472とを連結して下横部材47を構成しているが、上横部材46よりも若干短い下横部材47を使用して、その下横部材47と左縦部材44又は右縦部材45とを連結部材を介して左右に連結する構成を採用してもよい。 In this embodiment, the lower horizontal member 47 is composed of the first member 471 and the second member 472, but other constituent members such as the upper horizontal member 46 may be used. Further, in this embodiment, the first member 471 and the second member 472 are connected to form the lower horizontal member 47, but the lower horizontal member 47 slightly shorter than the upper horizontal member 46 is used below the lower horizontal member 47. A configuration may be adopted in which the horizontal member 47 and the left vertical member 44 or the right vertical member 45 are connected to the left and right via a connecting member.

図112、図113は本発明の第27の実施形態を例示する。この緩衝部材214は上下方向に長い縦長矩形状であり、この緩衝部材214には遊技球の衝突面236aと、取り付け台231の受け部237に当接する当接面295との中間位置に、外レール112に対して遠近方向となる上下方向に3個の通孔298a~298cが設けられている。一方、取り付け台231は、前覆い部238から遊技盤17側に突出する3本の保持突起297a~297cが各通孔298a~298cに対応して設けられ、この各保持突起297a~297cを通孔298a~298cに挿通して緩衝部材214を保持するようになっている。 112 and 113 illustrate the 27th embodiment of the present invention. The cushioning member 214 has a vertically long rectangular shape that is long in the vertical direction, and the cushioning member 214 is located at an intermediate position between the collision surface 236a of the game ball and the contact surface 295 that abuts on the receiving portion 237 of the mounting base 231. Three through holes 298a to 298c are provided in the vertical direction, which is the perspective direction with respect to the rail 112. On the other hand, the mounting base 231 is provided with three holding protrusions 297a to 297c protruding from the front covering portion 238 toward the game board 17 side corresponding to the through holes 298a to 298c, and the holding protrusions 297a to 297c are passed through the mounting bases 231. The cushioning member 214 is held by inserting the holes 298a to 298c.

3本の保持突起297a~297cの内、外レール112に最も近い側は短かい短保持突起297aとし、外レール112に最も遠い側は通孔298cの略全長に及ぶ長さの長保持突起297cとし、両保持突起297a,297cの中間側は中間長さの中保持突起297bとしている。他の構成は各実施形態と同様である。 Of the three holding protrusions 297a to 297c, the side closest to the outer rail 112 is the short short holding protrusion 297a, and the side farthest from the outer rail 112 is the long holding protrusion 297c having a length extending substantially the entire length of the through hole 298c. The intermediate side of both holding protrusions 297a and 297c is a middle holding protrusion 297b having an intermediate length. Other configurations are the same as in each embodiment.

この場合には、3本の保持突起297a~297cにより1個の緩衝部材214を保持している。このように3本以上の保持突起297a~297cにより緩衝部材214を保持することも可能である。また上側の2本の保持突起297a,297bを下側の長保持突起297cよりも短くすることにより、上側の2本の保持突起297a,297bの先端側に通孔298a,298bの余剰部分ができるので、その余剰部分により緩衝部材214の内部に中空部を形成することができる。 In this case, one cushioning member 214 is held by three holding protrusions 297a to 297c. In this way, it is also possible to hold the cushioning member 214 by three or more holding protrusions 297a to 297c. Further, by making the upper two holding protrusions 297a and 297b shorter than the lower long holding protrusions 297c, a surplus portion of the through holes 298a and 298b is formed on the tip side of the upper two holding protrusions 297a and 297b. Therefore, a hollow portion can be formed inside the cushioning member 214 by the surplus portion.

上側の2本の保持突起297a,297bは同じ長さでもよいが、外レール112に近く遊技球の衝撃の大きい上部側は短保持突起297aとし、上部側よりも衝撃の小さい中間側は短保持突起297aよりも長い中保持突起297bとすることにより、その保持突起297a,297bの長短に応じて通孔298a~298cの余剰部分ができるため、緩衝部材214の衝撃の大小に応じた大きさの中空部を設けることができる。 The two upper holding protrusions 297a and 297b may have the same length, but the upper side, which is close to the outer rail 112 and has a large impact on the game ball, is a short holding protrusion 297a, and the middle side, which has a smaller impact than the upper side, is short-held. By making the middle holding protrusion 297b longer than the protrusion 297a, a surplus portion of the through holes 298a to 298c is formed according to the length of the holding protrusions 297a and 297b. A hollow portion can be provided.

なお、通孔298aの余剰部分により構成される中空部は、遊技球の直径よりも大であり、遊技球が衝突したときの変形量は大である。また通孔298bの余剰部分により構成される中空部は、遊技球の半径よりも大で直径よりも小である。従って、遊技球が衝突したときの変形量は通孔298aに比較して小となる。 The hollow portion formed by the surplus portion of the through hole 298a is larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the amount of deformation when the game ball collides is large. Further, the hollow portion formed by the surplus portion of the through hole 298b is larger than the radius of the game ball and smaller than the diameter. Therefore, the amount of deformation when the game ball collides is smaller than that of the through hole 298a.

図114は本発明の第28の実施形態を例示する。この緩衝部材214には、外レール112に対して遠近方向となる上下方向に3個の通孔298a~298cが設けられている。一方、取り付け台231は、前覆い部238から遊技盤17側に突出する2本の保持突起296b,296cが下側の2個の通孔298b,298cに対応して設けられ、この保持突起296b,296cを通孔298b,298cに挿通して緩衝部材214を保持するようになっている。 FIG. 114 illustrates a 28th embodiment of the present invention. The cushioning member 214 is provided with three through holes 298a to 298c in the vertical direction, which is the perspective direction with respect to the outer rail 112. On the other hand, the mounting base 231 is provided with two holding protrusions 296b and 296c protruding from the front covering portion 238 toward the game board 17 side corresponding to the two lower through holes 298b and 298c, and the holding protrusions 296b. , 296c are inserted through the holes 298b and 298c to hold the cushioning member 214.

2本の保持突起296b,296cの内、外レール112に近い側は短保持突起296bとし、外レール112に最も遠い側は通孔298cの略全長に及ぶ長い長保持突起296cとしている。外レール112に最も近い通孔298aは保持用には利用されておらず、その全体で中空部が構成されている。短保持突起296bが挿通する通孔298bは、その先端側の余剰部分により中空部が構成されている。他の構成は各実施形態と同様である。 Of the two holding protrusions 296b and 296c, the side closer to the outer rail 112 is a short holding protrusion 296b, and the side farthest from the outer rail 112 is a long holding protrusion 296c over substantially the entire length of the through hole 298c. The through hole 298a closest to the outer rail 112 is not used for holding, and a hollow portion is formed as a whole. The through hole 298b through which the short holding protrusion 296b is inserted has a hollow portion formed by a surplus portion on the tip end side thereof. Other configurations are the same as in each embodiment.

このように3個以上等の複数の通孔298a~298cがある場合には、その最上位の通孔298aは中空部の専用として利用することができる。従って、この場合には、通孔298aが中空部用の専用であるにも拘わらず、緩衝部材214に他の通孔298b,298cと同様に通孔298aを成型できるので、その製作を容易に行うことができる。 When there are a plurality of through holes 298a to 298c such as three or more, the uppermost through hole 298a can be used exclusively for the hollow portion. Therefore, in this case, although the through hole 298a is dedicated to the hollow portion, the through hole 298a can be molded in the cushioning member 214 in the same manner as the other through holes 298b and 298c, so that the production thereof can be easily performed. It can be carried out.

なお、緩衝部材214に専用の中空部を設けてもよい。その場合の中空部は、通孔により構成してもよいし、緩衝部材214の後側から凹入する等の凹入部により構成してもよい。緩衝部材214に中空部を設けるに当たっては、遊技球の衝突後の緩衝部材214の復元性を確保するために一部を開放状にすることが望ましい。 The cushioning member 214 may be provided with a dedicated hollow portion. In that case, the hollow portion may be formed by a through hole, or may be formed by a recessed portion such as recessed from the rear side of the cushioning member 214. When providing the hollow portion in the cushioning member 214, it is desirable to partially open the cushioning member 214 in order to ensure the resilience of the cushioning member 214 after the collision of the game ball.

以上、本発明の各実施形態について詳述したが、本発明は各実施形態に限定されるものではなく、その趣旨が逸脱しない範囲で種々の変更が可能である。実施形態ではパチンコ機について例示しているが、パチンコ機の他、弾球遊技機、アレンジボール機等の遊技機においても同様に実施可能である。 Although each embodiment of the present invention has been described in detail above, the present invention is not limited to each embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Although the pachinko machine is illustrated in the embodiment, it can be similarly carried out in a game machine such as a ball game machine and an arrange ball machine in addition to the pachinko machine.

前扉4は、略矩形状に構成された金属製扉枠39と、この金属製扉枠39に装着された前扉カバー40等の装飾部材とを備え、その金属製扉枠39は、上横部材46、下横部材47、ヒンジ側縦部材44及び反ヒンジ側縦部材45を四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRで前後に重合してネジ52~55等の締結具により前後に締結して構成する場合、その上横部材46、下横部材47、ヒンジ側縦部材44及び反ヒンジ側縦部材45を予め係合して金属製扉枠39を構成し、その金属製扉枠39に前扉カバー40等の装飾部材を装着してもよい。 The front door 4 includes a metal door frame 39 configured in a substantially rectangular shape and decorative members such as a front door cover 40 attached to the metal door frame 39, and the metal door frame 39 is above. The horizontal member 46, the lower horizontal member 47, the hinge-side vertical member 44, and the anti-hinge-side vertical member 45 are laminated back and forth at the joints UL, UR, LL, and LR at the four corners, and back and forth by fasteners such as screws 52 to 55. When configured by fastening, the upper horizontal member 46, the lower horizontal member 47, the hinge side vertical member 44, and the anti-hinge side vertical member 45 are previously engaged to form a metal door frame 39, and the metal door frame is formed. A decorative member such as the front door cover 40 may be attached to the 39.

また合成樹脂等の樹脂材料により一体に構成された樹脂製扉枠350を用いて、この樹脂製扉枠350に上横部材46、下横部材47、ヒンジ側縦部材44及び反ヒンジ側縦部材45を装着した後、上横部材46、下横部材47、ヒンジ側縦部材44及び反ヒンジ側縦部材45を四隅の結合部UL,UR,LL,LRのネジ52~55等により前後に締結することにより、樹脂製扉枠350上で金属製扉枠39を構成することも可能である。 Further, by using a resin door frame 350 integrally made of a resin material such as synthetic resin, the upper horizontal member 46, the lower horizontal member 47, the hinge side vertical member 44 and the anti-hinge side vertical member are used in the resin door frame 350. After mounting the 45, the upper horizontal member 46, the lower horizontal member 47, the hinge side vertical member 44, and the anti-hinge side vertical member 45 are fastened back and forth by the joints UL, UR, LL, LR screws 52 to 55 at the four corners. By doing so, it is also possible to configure the metal door frame 39 on the resin door frame 350.

また金属製扉枠39の上側左右のヒンジ側結合部UL、反ヒンジ側結合部URは、対応する部材が重合面方向に当接し、下側左右のヒンジ側結合部LL、反ヒンジ側結合部LRの内、その一方のヒンジ側結合部LL又は反ヒンジ側結合部LRは、対応する部材が重合面方向に当接し、他方の反ヒンジ側結合部LR又はヒンジ側結合部LLは、対応する部材が重合面方向に当接しない構成を採用することが望ましい。その場合、重合面方向の当接方向は左右方向又は上下方向でもよいし、左右方向及び上下方向の二方向でもよいし、更には斜め方向でもよい。 Further, in the upper left and right hinge side joint portions UL and the anti-hinge side joint portion UR of the metal door frame 39, the corresponding members are in contact with each other in the direction of the overlapping surface, and the lower left and right hinge side joint portions LL and the anti-hinge side joint portions are in contact with each other. Of the LRs, one of the hinge-side joints LL or the anti-hinge side joint LR has a corresponding member abutting in the direction of the overlapping surface, and the other anti-hinge side joint LR or the hinge-side joint LL corresponds to the corresponding member. It is desirable to adopt a configuration in which the members do not abut in the direction of the overlapping surface. In that case, the contact direction in the stacking surface direction may be the left-right direction or the up-down direction, two directions of the left-right direction and the up-down direction, and further may be an oblique direction.

また重合面方向に当接しない結合部は、重合面方向に全く当接しない構造が望ましいが、例えば調整方向に対して直交する方向等、各部材の製作誤差の吸収又は調整に関係のない方向には二部材が当接するようにしてもよい。従って、重合面方向に当接しないとは、製作誤差の吸収又は調整方向には当接しない意である。 Further, it is desirable that the joint portion that does not abut in the direction of the polymerization surface has a structure that does not abut in the direction of the polymerization surface at all. The two members may come into contact with each other. Therefore, "not abutting in the direction of the polymerization surface" means not abutting in the direction of absorbing or adjusting the manufacturing error.

各結合部UL,UR,LL,LRの対応する二部材は、一方の部材に重合部を、他方の部材に重合部と重合する被重合部を夫々備えた構造であればよい。各結合部UL,UR,LL,LRの内、その重合面方向に当接する結合部の二部材は、その一方の部材に左右方向及び/又は上下方向の当接部を、他方の部材にその当接部が左右方向及び/又は上下方向に当接する被当接部を夫々備えた構造であればよい。 The corresponding two members of each coupling portion UL, UR, LL, and LR may have a structure in which one member is provided with a polymerization portion and the other member is provided with a polymerization portion to be polymerized. Of each of the coupling portions UL, UR, LL, and LR, the two members of the coupling portion that abut in the direction of the overlapping surface have a contact portion in the left-right direction and / or a vertical direction with one of the members and a contact portion with the other member. The structure may be such that the abutting portion is provided with a contacted portion that abuts in the left-right direction and / or in the vertical direction.

遊技盤17の前面の遊技領域41に遊技球を打ち込んで遊技を行う遊技機において、遊技盤17の前面に装着され且つ前部側よりも後部側の肉厚が大きいレール部材として内レール111を例示しているが、内レール111以外の外レール112、その他の各種のレールにおいても同様に実施可能である。 In a gaming machine in which a gaming ball is driven into a gaming area 41 on the front surface of the gaming board 17, an inner rail 111 is used as a rail member mounted on the front surface of the gaming board 17 and having a larger wall thickness on the rear side than on the front side. Although illustrated, the same can be applied to the outer rail 112 other than the inner rail 111, and various other rails.

またレール部材の後端側にレール長手方向の溝部247を設けるに当たっては、その溝部247の深さは遊技球の半径未満が適当であるが、略半径程度、又は半径よりも若干大でもよい。 Further, when the groove portion 247 in the longitudinal direction of the rail is provided on the rear end side of the rail member, the depth of the groove portion 247 is appropriately less than the radius of the game ball, but may be about a radius or slightly larger than the radius.

発射手段18からの遊技球を遊技領域41へと案内する案内通路110の内側に配置された内レール111の場合、遊技盤17から起立する起立壁248の外側に突条部249を設けるのが一般的である。しかし、起立壁248の内側に突条部249を設けてもよいし、内外両側に突条部249を設けてもよい。 In the case of the inner rail 111 arranged inside the guide passage 110 that guides the game ball from the launching means 18 to the game area 41, the ridge portion 249 is provided on the outside of the upright wall 248 that stands up from the game board 17. It is common. However, the ridges 249 may be provided inside the upright wall 248, or the ridges 249 may be provided on both the inside and outside sides.

内レール111は、起立壁248のレール長手方向の両端側を固定手段により遊技盤17に固定し、起立壁248の後端側から遊技盤17側へと後方に突出する位置決め突起341等を遊技盤17側の位置決め孔345等に挿入して、内レール111を遊技盤17に装着する。その場合の固定手段としては取り付けネジ142,143等が考えられるが、圧入ピン、突起部等を利用してもよい。また位置決め突起341を利用する場合でも、その位置決め突起341と位置決め孔345との関係は、遊びのない密嵌状態でもよいし、所定の遊びのある遊嵌状態でもよい。 The inner rail 111 fixes both ends of the upright wall 248 in the longitudinal direction of the rail to the game board 17 by fixing means, and plays a game such as a positioning protrusion 341 protruding rearward from the rear end side of the upright wall 248 toward the game board 17. The inner rail 111 is mounted on the game board 17 by inserting it into the positioning hole 345 or the like on the board 17 side. As the fixing means in that case, mounting screws 142, 143 and the like can be considered, but press-fitting pins, protrusions and the like may be used. Further, even when the positioning protrusion 341 is used, the relationship between the positioning protrusion 341 and the positioning hole 345 may be a tightly fitted state without play or a loosely fitted state with a predetermined play.

溝部247はレール長手方向に連続状に設けてもよいが、内レール111の強度を確保する上からは、外周部245と内周部246とを一体に連結する連結部343,344を中間に1個又は複数個設けて、溝部247をレール長手方向の複数に分割してもよい。その場合、その連結部343,344に位置決め突起341,342を設けることが望ましい。勿論、位置決め突起341,342は外周部245と内周部246との一方に設けてもよい。 The groove portion 247 may be provided continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail, but in order to secure the strength of the inner rail 111, the connecting portions 343 and 344 that integrally connect the outer peripheral portion 245 and the inner peripheral portion 246 are in the middle. One or a plurality of grooves may be provided to divide the groove portion 247 into a plurality of portions in the longitudinal direction of the rail. In that case, it is desirable to provide the positioning protrusions 341 and 342 on the connecting portions 343 and 344. Of course, the positioning protrusions 341 and 342 may be provided on one of the outer peripheral portion 245 and the inner peripheral portion 246.

内レール111が内外方向に弾性変形可能な場合、その弾性変形による遊技盤17の前面の擦過痕の発生を防止するためには、突起部145と挿入孔253との間に遊びがあるか否かに拘わらず、突起部145の両側又は片側に突部252を配置して、その突部252の突出高さh252分の隙間を形成することが望ましい。 When the inner rail 111 is elastically deformable in the inward and outward directions, whether or not there is play between the protrusion 145 and the insertion hole 253 in order to prevent the occurrence of scratch marks on the front surface of the game board 17 due to the elastic deformation. Regardless of this, it is desirable to arrange the protrusions 252 on both sides or one side of the protrusions 145 to form a gap corresponding to the protrusion height h252 of the protrusions 252.

遊技領域41の外周に配置された第1外周部材116の内周に外レール112を円弧状に装着するに当たって、レール長手方向に弾性変形可能な弾性変形部212を備えた外レール112を用い、その始端側当接部203と終端側当接部209を第1外周部材116の始端側被当接部206と終端側被当接部211に当接させて装着する場合には、弾性変形部212の近傍で外レール112の内外方向の位置を規制する規制手段218を設けるが、その弾性変形部212は外レール112の遊技球の案内領域S外の終端側当接部209の近傍に配置し、規制手段218は終端側当接部209と弾性変形部212との間に配置することが望ましい。 In mounting the outer rail 112 in an arc shape on the inner circumference of the first outer peripheral member 116 arranged on the outer periphery of the game area 41, the outer rail 112 provided with the elastically deformable portion 212 that can be elastically deformed in the longitudinal direction of the rail is used. When the start end side contact portion 203 and the end side contact portion 209 are brought into contact with the start end side contact portion 206 and the end end side contact portion 211 of the first outer peripheral member 116, the elastically deformed portion is attached. A regulating means 218 for restricting the position of the outer rail 112 in the inner and outer directions is provided in the vicinity of the 212, and the elastically deformed portion 212 thereof is arranged in the vicinity of the terminal contact portion 209 outside the guide region S of the game ball of the outer rail 112. However, it is desirable that the regulating means 218 is arranged between the end-side contact portion 209 and the elastically deformed portion 212.

また規制手段218には、終端側当接部209よりも弾性変形部212に近い側に配置された外側規制部219と、終端側当接部209と外側規制部219との間に配置された内側規制部220とを備えたものが適当であるが、外レール112が適正な状態では、外レール112は外側規制部219と内側規制部220との少なくとも一方に当接すれば十分である。弾性変形部212の両側に規制手段218を配置することも可能であり、その場合には、外レール112に対して内外方向の同一側又は反対側から当接する1個の規制部を各規制手段218に設けることも可能である。 Further, the restricting means 218 is arranged between the outer restricting portion 219 arranged closer to the elastic deformation portion 212 than the end side contact portion 209, and between the end side contact portion 209 and the outer restricting portion 219. Although the one provided with the inner restricting portion 220 is suitable, it is sufficient that the outer rail 112 abuts on at least one of the outer regulating portion 219 and the inner regulating portion 220 when the outer rail 112 is in an appropriate state. It is also possible to arrange the regulating means 218 on both sides of the elastically deforming portion 212, and in that case, one regulating portion that abuts on the outer rail 112 from the same side or the opposite side in the inner and outer directions is provided by each regulating means. It can also be provided at 218.

第1外周部材116の内周に円弧状に外レール112を装着して、この外レール112により発射手段18からの遊技球を遊技領域41へと案内する場合、外レール112が金属製、樹脂製の何れであるかに関係なく、外レール112が遊技盤17の前面に当接して内外方向に弾性変形すれば、その外レール112により遊技盤17の前面に擦過痕が発生する。従って、この擦過痕を防止するためには、外レール112と遊技盤17との間に所定の間隙を設ける必要がある。 When the outer rail 112 is attached to the inner circumference of the first outer peripheral member 116 in an arc shape and the outer rail 112 guides the game ball from the launching means 18 to the game area 41, the outer rail 112 is made of metal or resin. If the outer rail 112 abuts on the front surface of the game board 17 and elastically deforms in the inward and outward directions, the outer rail 112 causes scratch marks on the front surface of the game board 17. Therefore, in order to prevent this scratch mark, it is necessary to provide a predetermined gap between the outer rail 112 and the game board 17.

外レール112と遊技盤17との間に間隙を設ける手段としては、外レール112の内外方向に移動しない箇所に、遊技盤17との間に間隙を確保するスペーサを設けてもよいが、第1外周部材116に対して外レール112をレール幅方向に位置決めする幅方向位置決め手段を設けることが望ましい。 As a means for providing a gap between the outer rail 112 and the game board 17, a spacer for securing a gap between the outer rail 112 and the game board 17 may be provided at a position where the outer rail 112 does not move inward and outward. 1 It is desirable to provide a width direction positioning means for positioning the outer rail 112 in the rail width direction with respect to the outer peripheral member 116.

なお、遊技盤17の前面の外レール112による擦過痕は、始端側衝撃吸収部225、終端側衝撃吸収部226等のように、内外方向の弾性変形により遊技球の衝撃を吸収する衝撃吸収部を備えた外レール112が前提となる。その場合の衝撃吸収部は外レール112の球衝突領域の略全長に設けてもよいし、発射手段18からの遊技球が外レール112に衝突する始端側領域S225、及び/又は外レール112の終端側領域S226に緩衝部材214の外周側に対応する箇所に設けてもよい。 The scratch marks on the front surface of the game board 17 by the outer rail 112 are shock absorbing portions that absorb the impact of the game ball due to elastic deformation in the inward and outward directions, such as the impact absorbing portion 225 on the starting end side and the impact absorbing portion 226 on the ending side. The outer rail 112 equipped with the above is a prerequisite. In that case, the impact absorbing portion may be provided over substantially the entire length of the ball collision region of the outer rail 112, or the start end side region S225 and / or the outer rail 112 where the game ball from the launching means 18 collides with the outer rail 112. The end side region S226 may be provided at a position corresponding to the outer peripheral side of the cushioning member 214.

また始端側衝撃吸収部225を外レール112の始端側領域S225に設ける場合でも、その間隙は外レール112の球衝突領域等の略全長に設けてもよい。衝撃吸収部のレール長手方向の両方の内、その少なくとも一方側に、第1外周部材116と外レール112とのレール長手方向の相対移動を許容する相対移動許容手段があればよい。 Further, even when the start end side impact absorbing portion 225 is provided in the start end side region S225 of the outer rail 112, the gap may be provided in substantially the entire length of the ball collision region or the like of the outer rail 112. It suffices if there is a relative movement permitting means for allowing the relative movement of the first outer peripheral member 116 and the outer rail 112 in the rail longitudinal direction on at least one side of both of the shock absorbing portions in the rail longitudinal direction.

緩衝部材214を取り付ける取り付け台231は、第1外周部材116と一体でもよいし、第1外周部材116とは別部材により構成し、第1外周部材116とは別に遊技盤17に装着してもよい。また緩衝部材214は、遊技球が衝突したときの衝突力を外レール112に伝える構成であれば、形状、構造は問題ではない。 The mounting base 231 to which the cushioning member 214 is attached may be integrated with the first outer peripheral member 116, or may be configured as a member separate from the first outer peripheral member 116 and mounted on the game board 17 separately from the first outer peripheral member 116. good. Further, the shape and structure of the cushioning member 214 does not matter as long as it is configured to transmit the collision force when the game ball collides to the outer rail 112.

取り付け台231は、緩衝部材214を球衝突方向の下手側から受ける受け部237と、緩衝部材214を前側から覆う前覆い部238と、この前覆い部238から遊技盤17側に突出し且つ緩衝部材214に挿通して保持する保持突起239とを備えたものが適当である。なお、保持突起239は、外レール112から遊技球の略半径分又はそれ以上離れていることが望ましい。 The mounting base 231 has a receiving portion 237 that receives the cushioning member 214 from the lower side in the ball collision direction, a front covering portion 238 that covers the cushioning member 214 from the front side, and a cushioning member that protrudes from the front covering portion 238 toward the game board 17. Those provided with a holding protrusion 239 that is inserted and held through the 214 are suitable. It is desirable that the holding protrusion 239 is separated from the outer rail 112 by approximately the radius of the game ball or more.

外レール112はステンレス製帯板材等の金属材料により構成してもよいし、遊技領域41の外側に配置された外周部材等の内周壁により構成するか、ステンレス製帯板材等の金属材料と外周部材等の内周壁とを組み合わせて構成する等、異なる材質の部材を遊技球の案内方向に配置して構成することも可能である。 The outer rail 112 may be made of a metal material such as a stainless steel strip, an inner wall such as an outer peripheral member arranged outside the game area 41, or a metal material such as a stainless steel strip and the outer circumference. It is also possible to arrange members made of different materials in the guide direction of the game ball, such as by combining them with an inner peripheral wall such as a member.

1 パチンコ機
2 外枠
3 前枠
4 前扉
5 第1ヒンジ
6 第2ヒンジ
10 上横枠材
11 下横枠材
12 左縦枠材(ヒンジ側縦枠材)
13 右縦枠材(反ヒンジ側縦枠材)
14 飾り部材
15 遊技盤装着部
17 遊技盤
17a ヒンジ側端部
18 発射手段
20 左枠部(ヒンジ側枠部)
21 右枠部(反ヒンジ側枠部)
22 上枠部
23 下枠部
24 後壁部
26 係合部
27 付勢手段
39 金属製扉枠
40 前扉カバー
41 遊技領域
41a 右領域部
42 視認窓
44 左縦部材(ヒンジ側縦部材)
45 右縦部材(反ヒンジ側縦部材)
46 上横部材
47 下横部材
UL,UR,LL,LR 結合部
48ul,48ur,49ll,49lr 重合部
481ur 第1重合部
482ur 第2重合部
50ul,50ur,51ll,51lr 被重合部
501ur 第1被重合部
502ur 第2被重合部
52~55 取り付けネジ(締結具)
52a~55a 取り付け孔
56ul,56ur,58ll 当接部
57ul,57ur,59ll 被当接部
89 第1阻止手段
90 第1阻止部材
110 案内通路
111 内レール
112 外レール
113 球受入れ部
114 球打ち込み部
115 戻り球防止手段
116 第1外周部材
117 第2外周部材
119 センターケース
126 左打ち通路
127 右打ち通路
128 球衝突頂部
145 突起部
148 扉枠
173c 左外側縁
174 上外周部分
174a 広幅部
174b 狭幅部
175 内周壁
176 外周壁
188 下部レール
190 誘導通路部
191 前飾り部
192 接近阻止部
193 迂回路
196 第2阻止手段
200 始端側係止手段
201 終端側係止手段
202 幅方向位置決め手段
203 始端側当接部
204 始端側係止部
205 始端側挿入口
206 始端側被当接部
207 始端側被係止部
209 終端側当接部
210 終端側収容部
211 終端側被当接部
212 弾性変形部
213 終端側保持部
214 緩衝部材
215 球案内壁
216 中間壁
218 規制手段
219 外側規制部
220 内側規制部
222 覆い部
225 始端側衝撃吸収部
S225 始端側領域
226 終端側衝撃吸収部
S226 終端側領域
236 球衝突部
237 受け部
238 前覆い部
239 保持突起
245 外周部
246 内周部
247 溝部
248 起立壁
249 突条部
250 長連結部
251 短連結部
252 突部
275 流下速度制限手段
276 内周通路壁
277 外周通路壁
278 後通路壁
279 内突条部
279a,286a 稜線部
279b,286b 緩傾斜面
279c,286c 急傾斜面
279d 起立面
281 前通路壁
301 屈曲部
303 第1受け部
304 第2受け部
320 枠側ジョイント部
321 盤側ジョイント部
322 裏側部材
323 盤側コネクタ
324 枠側コネクタ
326 逃げ部
326a 装着部側逃げ部
326b 外周部材側逃げ部
327 傾斜面
341,342 位置決め突起
345,346 位置決め孔
350 樹脂製扉枠
351 左縦枠部(ヒンジ側縦枠部)
352 右縦枠部(反ヒンジ側縦枠部)
353 上横枠部
354 下横枠部
355 外周枠部
1 Pachinko machine 2 Outer frame 3 Front frame 4 Front door 5 1st hinge 6 2nd hinge 10 Upper horizontal frame material 11 Lower horizontal frame material 12 Left vertical frame material (hinge side vertical frame material)
13 Right vertical frame material (anti-hinge side vertical frame material)
14 Decorative member 15 Game board mounting part 17 Game board 17a Hinge side end 18 Launching means 20 Left frame part (hinge side frame part)
21 Right frame (anti-hinge side frame)
22 Upper frame part 23 Lower frame part 24 Rear wall part 26 Engaging part 27 Encouragement means 39 Metal door frame 40 Front door cover 41 Game area 41a Right area part 42 Viewing window 44 Left vertical member (hinge side vertical member)
45 Right vertical member (anti-hinge side vertical member)
46 Upper horizontal member 47 Lower horizontal member UL, UR, LL, LR Bonding part 48ul, 48ur, 49ll, 49ll Polymerized part
481ur 1st polymerized part 482ur 2nd polymerized part 50ul, 50ur, 51ll, 51lr Polymerized part 501ur 1st polymerized part 502ur 2nd polymerized part 52-55 Mounting screw (fastener)
52a to 55a Mounting holes 56ul, 56ur, 58ll Contact part 57ul, 57ur, 59ll Contacted part 89 First blocking means 90 First blocking member 110 Guide passage 111 Inner rail 112 Outer rail 113 Ball receiving part 114 Ball driving part 115 Return ball prevention means 116 1st outer peripheral member 117 2nd outer peripheral member 119 Center case 126 Left-handed passage 127 Right-handed passage 128 Ball collision top 145 Protrusion 148 Door frame 173c Left outer edge 174 Upper outer peripheral part 174a Wide part 174b Narrow part 175 Inner peripheral wall 176 Outer wall 188 Lower rail 190 Guidance passage 191 Front decoration 192 Approach blocking part 193 Detour 196 Second blocking means 200 Starting end side locking means 201 Ending side locking means 202 Width direction positioning means 203 Starting end side hit Contact part 204 Start side locking part 205 Start side insertion port 206 Start end side contacted part 207 Start end side locked part 209 End side contact part 210 Termination side accommodating part 211 End side contact part 212 Elastic deformation part 213 Termination side holding part 214 Cushioning member 215 Ball guide wall 216 Intermediate wall 218 Control means 219 Outside regulation part 220 Inside regulation part 222 Cover part 225 Start side impact absorption part S225 Start end side area 226 End side impact absorption part S226 Termination side area 236 Ball Collision part 237 Receiving part 238 Front covering part 239 Holding protrusion 245 Outer peripheral part 246 Inner peripheral part 247 Groove part 248 Standing wall 249 Protruding part 250 Long connecting part 251 Short connecting part 252 Protruding part 275 Flowing speed limiting means 276 Inner peripheral passage wall 277 Outer passage wall 278 Rear passage wall 279 Inner protrusions 279a, 286a Ridge 279b, 286b Slowly inclined surface 279c, 286c Steeply inclined surface 279d Upright surface 281 Front passage wall 301 Bending part 303 First receiving part 304 Second receiving part 320 Frame side joint part 321 Board side joint part 322 Back side member 323 Board side connector 324 Frame side connector 326 Relief part 326a Mounting part side relief part 326b Outer peripheral member side relief part 327 Inclined surface 341, 342 Positioning protrusion 345, 346 Positioning hole 350 Resin Door frame 351 Left vertical frame (vertical frame on hinge side)
352 Right vertical frame (anti-hinge side vertical frame)
353 Upper horizontal frame part 354 Lower horizontal frame part 355 Outer peripheral frame part

Claims (1)

遊技盤の遊技領域の外周に配置された外周部材と、
該外周部材の内周に円弧状に配置され且つ発射手段からの遊技球を前記遊技領域へと案内する外レールと、
前記外レールの終端側内周に当接して配置され且つ遊技球の衝突時の衝撃を緩和する緩衝部材とを備えた遊技機において、
前記緩衝部材は、遊技球の衝突時に球衝突方向の下手側への力と、前記外レール側への力とを発生させる球衝突部を備えることで、遊技球の衝突時の衝撃力を前記外レールに伝えるように構成し、
前記緩衝部材を取り付ける取り付け台は、前記緩衝部材を球衝突方向の下手側から受ける受け部と、前記緩衝部材に挿通して該緩衝部材を保持する保持突起とを備え、
前記保持突起の中心位置は、前記外レールから遊技球の半径分離れた位置と前記外レールから遊技球の直径分離れた位置との間で且つ前記直径分離れた位置に近い位置に配置され、
前記球衝突部は前記外レールの近傍位置と前記外レールから遊技球の直径分よりも離れた位置とに跨がって設けられている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
Outer peripheral members placed on the outer circumference of the game area of the game board,
An outer rail arranged in an arc shape on the inner circumference of the outer peripheral member and guiding the game ball from the launching means to the game area.
In a gaming machine provided with a cushioning member which is arranged in contact with the inner circumference of the outer rail on the terminal side and which cushions an impact when a gaming ball collides.
The cushioning member is provided with a ball collision portion that generates a force toward the lower side in the ball collision direction and a force toward the outer rail side when the game ball collides, so that the impact force at the time of the collision of the game ball can be obtained. It is configured to convey to the outer rail,
The mounting base for attaching the cushioning member includes a receiving portion that receives the cushioning member from the lower side in the ball collision direction, and a holding protrusion that is inserted through the cushioning member to hold the cushioning member.
The center position of the holding protrusion is arranged between the position where the radius of the game ball is separated from the outer rail and the position where the diameter of the game ball is separated from the outer rail, and at a position close to the position where the diameter is separated. ,
The ball collision portion is provided so as to straddle a position near the outer rail and a position farther from the outer rail than the diameter of the game ball.
JP2018166824A 2018-09-06 2018-09-06 Pachinko machine Active JP7005457B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018166824A JP7005457B2 (en) 2018-09-06 2018-09-06 Pachinko machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018166824A JP7005457B2 (en) 2018-09-06 2018-09-06 Pachinko machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2020039391A JP2020039391A (en) 2020-03-19
JP7005457B2 true JP7005457B2 (en) 2022-01-21

Family

ID=69798776

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2018166824A Active JP7005457B2 (en) 2018-09-06 2018-09-06 Pachinko machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7005457B2 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005066330A (en) 2003-08-06 2005-03-17 Daiichi Shokai Co Ltd Game machine
JP2010207523A (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-24 Kyoraku Sangyo Kk Game board unit and pachinko game machine
JP2016041194A (en) 2014-08-18 2016-03-31 株式会社ニューギン Game machine
JP2017158777A (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 株式会社三共 Game machine

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005066330A (en) 2003-08-06 2005-03-17 Daiichi Shokai Co Ltd Game machine
JP2010207523A (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-24 Kyoraku Sangyo Kk Game board unit and pachinko game machine
JP2016041194A (en) 2014-08-18 2016-03-31 株式会社ニューギン Game machine
JP2017158777A (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 株式会社三共 Game machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020039391A (en) 2020-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7129855B2 (en) game machine
JP2021137639A (en) Game machine
JP7130240B2 (en) game machine
JP6867348B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP4141396B2 (en) Game machine
JP2004290358A (en) Pinball game machine
JP2015192735A (en) Game machine
JP7005457B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP7008599B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP6854793B2 (en) Game machine
JP6843805B2 (en) Game machine
JP4868967B2 (en) Game machine
JP6858171B2 (en) Game machine
JP7223529B2 (en) game machine
JP2009183331A (en) Game machine
JP7125086B2 (en) game machine
JPH0418614Y2 (en)
JP7218885B2 (en) game machine
JP6897717B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP2019165974A (en) Game machine
JP6197254B2 (en) Game machine
JP6547114B2 (en) Gaming machine
JP7144023B2 (en) game machine
JP7137181B2 (en) game machine
JP7137182B2 (en) game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20191105

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20200925

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20201006

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20201207

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20210511

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20210708

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20211221

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20220105

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 7005457

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150